Several hours of lights appearing, multiplying disappearing. These three all come from one 12 minute long video. We were camping in the desert and it was a dark night with a crescent moon. We had just sat down to our dinner at our picnic table, when these lights appeared out in the desert. Media File 1. We see lights multiply, disappear. We are talking to nearby campers at Belle Campground. They said that they had never seen anything like it. This video is the last in sequence of these three. Media File 2. Earliest appearance from the same 12 minute long video. 7:22 pm time stamp. You hear the loud buzzing noises on audio.
Never heard this before or since on my phone. Media file 3. Another appearance that happened before #1: showing them appear and disappear. We were at this spot about one year ago, under the Hunter’s Moon, and looked for lights, but saw nothing unusual. Dr. Greer had been doing CE5 in Joshua Tree, for several nights previous to our arrival on 10-20-2020. We camped here for several more nights and saw nothing unusual. Actress Roma Downey posted a video of the lights that night on her Twitter, so she saw them too.
KENS NOTE: MUFON is trying to debunk these light as flairs. Suggesting guesses to an investigator is not investigating. THIS IS WHAT A FLAIR LOOKS LIKE…..
Went outside to look at stars as I do frequently and as I looked up I noticed a satellite/bright star sized object moving NE to SW. It would hover them jet about a thumb at arm’s length. It did this several time, turned 90 degrees up then SW again before going 90 degrees down then started the eradic movements again. It made no sound. It was bright, somewhat pulsating and as I zoomed in I could see a trail around it and it looked as if it was spinning. Eventually I lost if behind my house. It seemed to affect my camera in that my phone would zoom in and out as I was trying to record. Upon watching the video a few more times I actually noticed a 2nd object near the first. Imagine a satellite that made distinct turns. I’ve watched a lot of drone videos and I do not believe this was a drone. It was definately not a plane/sat. I took pics and it seemed to be saucer shaped object with a dome on top.
I have multiple photographers of it changing color and accelerating across the sky. I was zoomed in with a telephoto lens in the attached pictures. I used Lightroom to try to darken or lighten the images to get a better look at the subject. It moved in a way that was extremely unconventional and at speeds and angles that in my opinion are impossible. As I was taking pictures of it it continued to move across the sky then hover in one place then move again. Changing direction multiple times and hovering multiple times. It was pulsating different colors. At some points it looked more round other times it looked more tear dropped in shape (as it was moving). Some pictures show what appears to be surface lights. This was not of human origin, and was under some type of intelligent control. It was extremely high in the sky but appeared to be within our atmosphere. Contact me for a more detailed description of the event and additional photos. Original uncorked photos are available.
January 1, 1970. It was New Year’s Day, 1970, but it was supposed to be a routine morning shift at Cowichan District Hospital. Nurse Doreen Kendall had started her shift at midnight and was due to get off work at 8 a.m. Not much of a way to greet the New Year, but it was her job.
Doreen, a practical nurse, worked on the second floor of the hospital at Duncan, on Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. Doreen lived in Nanaimo and commuted the twenty-six miles to Duncan.
At 5 a.m. Doreen and nurse Frieda Wilson began their usual morning rounds in a four-bed ward. While Frieda attended to the patient nearest the door, Doreen checked on the patient in the next bed, nearest the window. As she did every morning, she went to open the drapes in order to let in a little of the early morning sunshine.
When she opened the drapes, she was amazed to see something totally unexpected. Outside, about sixty feet away, a flying object was hovering at a height of about sixty feet, even with the third floor of the hospital. The object was saucer-shaped, with a transparent bubble-like dome in the center, and was tilted slightly towards her.
Because the object was tilted toward her, Doreen could see inside the transparent dome, where she saw two humanoid figures standing in front of a chrome, dial-covered instrument panel.
She estimated the figures to be about six feet tall, wearing dark clothing, and some sort of headgear. There were seats in front of the instrument panel, but the figures were standing rather than seated.
Doreen was stunned. The Cowichan area had a reputation as a UFO “hotspot”, but she had never expected to see one herself.
As she watched, one of the men noticed her and touched the other, apparently to alert him of the fact that they were being watched. The other man looked up, and then manipulated a control, causing the object to begin to move.
At this point Doreen called to Frieda Wilson, who came to the window in time to see the object outside. The two then ran to the nurses station and told three other nurses, who reached the window in time to see the object, although it was some distance away by then. The object circled several times and then vanished to the northeast at high speed. The sighting was never explained. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
DATE: 1970 August-roughly-TIME: 3 am-WEATHER: clear, warm, windless, large full moonlight lit, starry night.
SIGHTING LOCATION: YUMA ARIZONA
So, this is what ‘THEY’ look like up close, and I bet nobody has ever seen them do this!
WITNESSES: 16 people…six adults, 10 young people ranging in ages from 49 to 10.
SHAPE_OF_OBJECTS: inverted ‘pie-pan’ metal saucers, which morphed into sparkling white orbs, then back into saucers again.
I will skip the details of my brother and my interest in science fiction….which led to us sitting in the front cab of our camper motor home, looking at the stars, as our convoy of relatives made a lengthy rest stop. The night was clear as bell. We were parked by a lone hill, on a rarely used back road, coming into Yuma Arizona. I say rarely used because, the whole hour we were there, no other cars happened past us. We were on the outskirts of the city, parked in the actual dirt road, beneath a tall telephone pole, on the earlier mentioned lone hill. Just a large bump of dirt really, that had missed getting leveled with the rest of the dirt road. I remember the full moon being so bright one could see far into the field across the road from us. In this same field, left of the drivers side of the camper, about 500 ft. away, I noticed a string of blue lights, lying parallel on the ground, and I thought we might be near an airfield landing strip. The lights were like small dark blue stars, the way a black light bulb looks these days.
There were two large oak trees in the vast field of yellow waving dry grass, close to the dirt road, about a 300 ft. away. The grass was not very tall, just like the dead, sun scorched grasses of any given field…about 5 ft. high. I am 5 ft. 7 inches tall, so the grass would be waist high to me, if I were out standing in it. I thought the blue lights were a landing strip, because they were that hot electric blue color, and there were about 18-20 of them, equally spaced apart in the field of dead grass, but there were no buildings, or farms, or anything for miles all around us, and NO AIRPORT! just the two huge oak trees, the twin strips of landing lights on the ground, the endless grass, and the black, diamond twinkling silhouette of the Yuma Arizona city skyline in the far distance. A thought crossed my mind for a quick second. Where was the source of electrical power for these lone lights, and who turns them off, and on in an empty field, in the middle of nowhere?
To the right hand side, lay the city’s brightly lit black skyline. It had to have been at least 10 miles away, but as the land was generally flat, we had a totally unobstructed view of it. Wondering why planes would want to land in the middle of an empty field, by an oak tree no less, we watched the supposed landing strip to pass the time, hoping to see an approaching plane coming in for a landing…. We looked away for just a moment, to ask for a snack plate through the adjoining camper service window. We hadn’t even looked away two minutes, when I noticed, a set of landing lights, one red, two white, and one greenish aqua, coming in low, just over the grass of the field, headed straight towards us! How could I have missed the sound of this approaching flight? I thought it was strange, they were airplane lights, but it was flying way too low, vertical to the horizontal landing light strip, and it was coming in painfully slow…too slow, like it was gliding or crashing? We didn’t no which, so we watched it for about 15 minutes. We wound down the window to listen if we could hear a motor in distress or something… Earlier, there had been crickets chirping, and all sorts of fresh night sounds, now there was nothing, just a deafening roar of silence.. No noise from the low flying plane either.. The plane could not have been one mile away from us, approaching, but it was taking it forever to get to us.
Agonizingly slow, so slow it appeared to be standing still, which might have been the case! When it finally reached the two oak trees, it flew between them, but not past them, and began to ascend, slowly, straight up through the lowest branches, and low and behold, another set of lights, exactly the same, rose up right underneath the first pair! I said, if I didn’t know any better, I would have sworn that, that second plane came straight out of the ground, or had been waiting on the ground for the first plane’s arrival… The spread of the planes’ wing-span was the length of maybe a commercial tour plane, or a crop duster, it was not that big, about as wide as 5 average cars parked head to tail lengthwise. Strange thing, these planes were still moving forward painfully SLOW…and flying just over the top of the grass…skimming it actually. When both planes reached the oak tree branches, the upper most one veered right, seemingly to purposely give the bottom set of lights room to move up. We then knew we would now get a better view of these two slow planes as they rose as high as the top leaves of the oak trees they passed, and they were STILL approaching us. My brother wanted to shine our blindingly bright camper spotlight on them…but I warned him not to…very unsure why, but I told myself, he might blind the pilots, but these planes were doing things no piloted earth planes could do, and maybe the light they might shine back at us might not be so good.
Maybe they were helicopters?
We thought this because they rose straight up in the air, and hovered there for minutes at a time, then they seemed to play with each other, turning, backing up, gyrating back and forth, like boats rocking on deep water, and flitting about, just like a humming bird can do. They seemed aware of each other’s slightest movement, like they were alive? Plane #1 was now just above the two trees in the field, #2 was just above the grass, in plain view, but darkly shadowed by the trees’ dense branches. They were both still facing us by the position of the landing lights, when plane #1 suddenly descended so quickly and violently atop #2, we knew they would crash together…. and crash they did, and there was absolutely NO NOISE. We saw them hit, wobble as if stunned, and just bounce off each other, continuing slowly, both ascending through the tree’s thick heavy branches. The branches bent, and gave way around them, but didn’t break. There was NO NOISE of leaves rustling, as this happened, and we were close enough to have heard that. By now they were just over the treetop’s leaves, moving into the brilliant full moonlight, as they silhouetted against the moon, just above the telephone pole on the one dirt hill, now, on our right hand side, we began screaming.
The planes were not planes!
They had no wings, no sound, and they were completely circular…Like two gigantus pie pans put together! To this day I believe they heard us scream, because up until then, they seemed only interested in each other, and totally unaware of our presence. They hovered mid-air, after the screams, then began to descend slowly, right on top of us!
They were close enough for us to view the full under side of the ships since they were no higher than the top of the telephone pole…lets see, pole plus hill… They were just about 50 ft. above us, and they gave an appearance of being as light as the air itself by how gently they floated down. They were huge solid metal objects reflecting in the moonlight, but they floated, and gyrated about like weightless spinning leaves in the warm windless night, and they were still descending. They were close enough for me to hit them, if I threw a rock, and I can’t throw worth a dime! They were bigger than our camper and they were going to land right on top of us! All our party heard us screaming, and stuck their heads out the camper door, and out their several car doors, and looking up, they started screaming too…
The saucer shaped circles were nickel colored, dull smooth steel on top with a raised flat darker top, and underneath an equally protruding flat black circular portioned bottom. No windows, seams, or doors were apparent. The colored landing lights, which had no rays, shone bright head on, but dully, when view from underneath!
They were low enough now to block out the moonlight, and they were 3x the size of our camper which was the largest vehicle, holding a family of seven! OH! They WERE going to land on top of us!!! Suddenly, in the den of our commotion, as if becoming aware of our terror, they stopped descending, just stopped in mid-air, whirling like fitted stationary gyroscopes. Flying side by side, the two saucers went up on their sides together, from a horizontal to a vertical position, in perfect synchronization, and now stood in the sky, a stones’ throw above us, like two huge pewter silver wheels. Suddenly an intensely bright light like a 4th of July sparkler started pushing out the middle of their dark bottom protrusions, while the same thing was happening simultaneously on the top protrusion, and all this met together around the rims length wise in a cohesive whole. They literally transformed from dull flat saucers into huge glowing orbs, right in front of, or right over our heads, about 25 ft. up, or closer, since I could hit them with a rock if I had had the nerve to throw one! no sparks dropped, or heat or noise was apparent. no smell of smoke or exhausts. This took only a matter of seconds to happen, and the minute the transformation was complete, both balls of light shot off like white hot meteors, in the direction of the Yuma city skyline… It took less than a minute for them to reach the city, where they hovered up and down just above it, looking for all the world like bouncing stars, glittering blue, then white, then red then green.
They flew all along the top of the city, then they started back toward us! Food, supplies, and people flew everywhere. Getting in our perspective vehicles, and gunning the motors, we went from 0 to 90 in six minutes flat, raising a cloud of dust so thick we could barely see through it! Looking out our windows, and up, we could see the objects were back, and following us from the sky. They were now as high as any commercial plane, and looked like two planes from up there, but they were still flying in sync, and turning on a dime up there! They had their row of landing lights back on, and they were saucers again, but this time the lights were flashing like a real plane would do. They followed us (chased?) to the edge of the cities’ outskirts where we slowed down, feeling safe enough to park, and watch them veer off, and up, back in the general direction from which we had just come! So you see, I know UFOs can transform shapes, and saw how they did it… I got the distinct impression they were as curious about us, as we were as scared of them.
They seemed playful, if a machine could have a personality, like one kitten would play with another. I think they thought our camper and cars were worth looking at. until we popped out of them….like fleas or a virus, I suppose! Just an impression I got! Indulge me! We saw many, many more types after that, a few up very close, but not quite as personal! I continue to watch the skies. I am 52 years old now, and I have had enough UFO experiences to last a lifetime. They keep happening though! I believe they still frequent Arizona, and various parts of Mexico, they got us there too! I have seen them actually disappear right while I was watching, so I know they can do that as well. I have to add, I thought they only frequent the rural areas, I was wrong, a couple of good city experiences took care of that! I tell this story to whomever wants to hear it. It never gets dull for me…this was before video cameras, and for some reason I am glad no one thought to use one of our, then, antiquated cameras with a flashbulb. geesh! I will consider writing some more of my UFO experiences soon. I see there is more of an interest now than when I was coming up. I was 19 or 20 when this happened to my family while traveling across the USA from California, to Mississippi. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
As a result of some local publicity in May and June of 1998, we were informed that a photograph of several UFOs near Tagish Lake was taken some years back.
In July of 1998 an investigation led to the identification of the secondhand witness who was in possession of a slide duplicate of the image.
A copy of the slide was made, a preliminary analysis performed, the witness was interviewed and results are presented in this report.
We know that there was a total of seven objects from witness testimony. This is important since object 7 (the smallest object) is almost indistinguishable from bright reflections off the mountain rocks.
Sighting Description and Story Background
Two couples were doing some recreational boating on Tagish Lake in 1970 (approx.). Tagish Lake is a large glacial lake about 100km(60 miles) south of Whitehorse, the Territory’s capital. The two couples were travelling in two separate boats.
To respect their anonymity, we will simply refer to the two men involved in this story by their first names, Jim and George. George was in his early 50’s and Jim was in his mid 60’s around that time. Note: since the writing of this report, Jim’s surviving daughter has been contacted. She has given her permission to disclose his identity.
It was about 10 am when they were travelling southbound on the lake. It was windy and the water was a bit on the rough side. Jim’s boat was smaller than George’s and also had an open top. George and his wife where driving in a closed and larger boat. Because Jim had a smaller boat and wanted to stay out of the roughest water, he was travelling close to the shoreline while George and his wife could afford to travel out in the middle of the lake and were about 5 to 8 kilometres back.
While travelling along the edge of the lake, Jim and his wife saw seven strange glowing orbs as shown in the photograph (Figure 1). There are four closer objects and three more further up the mountainside. Jim estimated that they were 3 to 4 feet in diameter. They moved about slowly for the estimated 15 minutes that they watched them as he and his wife traveled down the lake.
The four closer objects eventually made their way up the mountain to join the other objects. George was too far back to notice the objects and didn’t even have sight of Jim’s boat.
His concentration was devoted to the rough water. Jim or his wife never mentioned anything to George until the film was developed, about a week later. We can speculate that this may have been because of the fear of ridicule or disbelief. That is until Jim had the slide in hand.
As far as George knows this was the only photo of the objects that Jim took.
Jim used slide film and made a couple of slide duplicates for George. George submitted one to the Weather Office who submitted it the Department of National Defence in Ottawa.
About a year later George was curious to find out what the department found from their analysis so he asked the person at the Weather Office to look into it. The answer he got back was that that information was classified.
The testimony of the secondhand witness George sounded very sincere. George was curious about what Jim saw and photographed and added that neither him nor Jim have or have had a big interest in the UFO phenomenon.
There was no apparent reason for Jim to make up the story or to fake the photograph. Jim’s story which was related by George sounded sincere and the two were close friends. Jim was the Chief Grain Inspector of Canada around that time and therefore it is unlikely he would have risked his credibility by perpetuating a hoax.
One question which often comes up is “Why is there only one photo of the objects when Jim observed them for 15 minutes?” Of course there may have been more photos that we are not aware of but as far as George knows, Jim only had the one image.
However, during the September 1998 field trip, one possible explanation for the one photo theory came to mind. As I was holding up the UFO photo in front of me, looking at the scene, and simultaneously trying to steer the outboard motor to get into Jim’s position, one thing very quickly became apparent. When I imagined what the real scene must of looked like, it almost sent chills down my spine.
Although, UFO#1 looks only like a dot in the photograph, UFO#1 would of looked ” DAM CLOSE ! ” in real life. If Jim wanted to at the time he could of driven the boat towards the UFO and been underneath it in less than 30 seconds and taken more photographs at very close range.
Surrounded by ice cold water it wouldn’t surprise me if he would have chosen to do just the opposite; that is, take one quick photo and continue to drive down the lake while keeping a somewhat fearful and very watchful eye on the objects
The prints were scanned using a UMAX 1220S Scanner ranging from 150 to 1200 dpi. To reduce download times, the images on this web site are not the full resolution scans.
On Thursday Oct 15, 2020 at 7:29pm, it was a moonless night with light winds but latter they picked up. I recorded many craft flying over Area 51, with my Canon T6. I use long time exposures (13 seconds) (95/300mm) and occasionally video since this camera has a 300 mm zoom. I am unsure but I think I zoomed into 300 mm to get the video shot and than focused it better. I suspect the 8 craft I caught flying over Area 51 were drones. I also have images of them. I saw a stationary object that appeared to be a drone coming down(digital image 531) and than hoovering(Video 0532). I then went from long time exposures to Video and recorded this UFO for about 2 minutes and 15 seconds. At the 2 minute mark it turned off its lights and never came back. This video shows the craft hovering, although it some times appears its two crafts.
From the Black Mail box looking straight ahead om a SW direction, its over Area 51. I also witnessed two white explosions behind the Area 51 mountain range, no sound was heard. It doesn’t appear I have caught them on my files. I stayed a little bit longer, but the wind picked up. The exercises stopped or paused at Area 51 and it was impossible to get a good steady shot in complete darkness 14 miles away. A late model Chevy car pulled up to Black Mail Box, after I was just about done. I waited for the person to get out but they never did. I left and went home early that night, you just can’t shoot any thing reliable under those conditions. It seemed like Area 51 closed down when the high winds came in. I also reestablished the Black Mail Box back in June 2019, so far its still there. I drive 240 miles round trip every other week to catch a glimpse of what’s going on out there.
May 1, 2020; 7:00 PM Case 111613: Laura [last name withheld] was photographing the sunset near Zumarraga, Spain. Zumarraga is 15 miles south of the Bay of Biscay and 25 miles southwest of San Sabastián, a port town in northern Spain. Laura was more than one mile away from the mountain shown in the photos below. She claims that a white object, at approximately 10° above the horizon, approached the mountain (apparently from the left in the photo) and then descended. The object proceeded to land on the mountaintop and then disappeared.
According to her Case Management System report, she observed the object for “4 hours.” However, this was more likely due to a misunderstanding, and one might reasonably assume that she meant “4 minutes.” Laura took two photographs of the object: one as the object approached the mountain and a second photo after the object landed. The object was silent throughout the event.
I have a rather extensive aviation background . I flew model airplanes as a kid and took flying lessons when I was 16 . I soloed in a C-152 @ 5.7 hrs . When I was 24 I was offered a job flying for PanAm . I also received my A/C mechanics license . It was in July , 1990 , I was driving home , heading for the ranch I worked on , driving east , the sun was at my back , it was very late afternoon . Suddenly , at about the 1 o”clock position , there was a UFO , just hovering . It was about 500 above the ground , less than a 1/2 mile ahead of me . It just hovered there , with a red light glowing on top . The light was enclosed in a very clear type of glass enclosure that was dome shaped on top . The light didn’t rotate or blink on and off , It remained steadily on . It did something rather peculiar , that no one has ever stated before . Six yrs later I moved to Roswell NM , visited the UFO museum several times and asked if they could direct me to speak to someone about my sighting . They gave me nothing to help . So I have continued searching , until now . I currently reside in the N Dallas area of Richardson . If someone wishes to interview me , I will be glad to cooperate . Regards. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On September 20, 2020, first noticed it around 8;30pm and it looked like a large colorful flashing star-like light from the distance. We (family and a few neighbors) thought it could be a plane but it didn’t appear to be moving. A 42x zoom with a camera revealed it was a Saturn-like rotating object flashing many colors. The body and small dots (in a ring-shape) rotating around it were consistently changing colors. The colors were flashing in a pattern that kept on changing.
For example one of the sequential patterns it kept flashing was green, red, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, and white (many times in a row) and another pattern that it flashed was black and white. Will be attaching a video as well. It never emitted any noise, nor did it make any sudden movements. Over the 2 hour span, we watched the light, we soon realized it was slowly moving away and lowering to the horizon and we soon lost it behind the trees and never saw it again.
START AND STOP THE VIDEO FOR BETTER VIEWING….CHECK OUT THIS AMAZING VIDEO HERE >>UFODSCN2466Muted.mp4
In 1997 My parents and my brother go on a vacation together. I had the option to go or stay home..I chose to stay home. So they leave and that night was when my abduction took place. I come that night around 11pm from playing basketball with my friends. I take a shower and go to my room to watch some TV. I hop in bed and I’m sitting up with my back against the headboard. Before I even had a chance to turn my TV on my bed began to vibrate. After a few seconds of that it started shaking and eventually it was jumping around so much at times only one foot of my bed would be on the ground at a time. This whole experience was about 30 seconds long then it just stopped. It freaked me out but I assumed it was something paranormal at the time even though I didn’t believe in that stuff at this point of my life. So after it stopped I would say 10 seconds later I get the most intense feeling telling me to look at my window. I turn my head so fast and there was two aliens standing on the roof of my 1st floor patio looking into my second floor window. They were probably 6′-7′ from me.
One was taller than the other. Proportion wise I would have to say the one on the left looked female because it was shorter and more slender than the one on the right. I didn’t get the best look at the second smaller one because when I made eye contact with the first taller one I froze and experienced tunnel vision as I looked into its eyes. I feel like my heart and my breath stopped for a few seconds, I don’t think I blinked. They looked similar to what people describe as greys but the ones I seen had a brownish color to it. After I stare into this aliens eyes for about 20 second I get another strong feeling to look to the right at the bottom of my door, and I did. I noticed the shadows of two pairs of legs step forward to the outside of my bedroom door. my hallway light was on an the bottom of my door had a large gap so the shadows were projected onto my bedroom floor. At this point I already knew what was going on. To be honest I kinda knew the second I seen part of one of their eyes. So after the two stepped to my door I freaked out and pulled my blanket over my whole body and laid in the fetal position. I did not want them to touch me, that was my biggest concern. I laid under my blanket for maybe 15 seconds waiting to feel them grab me. Then one second later I’m waking up the next morning face down on my couch with my legs hanging off and my shorts on backwards. I was in a total daze. I remember all I wanted to do was take a shower. So in the shower I had some soap run down my back and I jumped in pain. I had a huge oval scab at the lowest point on my back that was 100% not there the night before. It burned so much.
17 yrs after this event I was looking for information on abductions and came across a blog from someone saying they think they were abducted, woke up the next morning, took a shower and found a scab on her lower back and has a scar from it. I didn’t even know I had a scar there until this point and I still have it. One week later I seen a ufo for the first time. It looked like a star in the sky. I thought I was watching a shooting star until it came to a complete stop at the center of the sky. It just sat there. Then out of know where It shot across the other half of the sky in a blink of the eye. So 3 yrs later I see a full figured ghost 2 feet right in front of me and I told him about it and show me a picture of his aunt who hung herself in that same house many years ago. She was the ghost I seen. Sadly that same friend took his My girlfriend at the time was on her hands and knees to my right freaking out but cant hear her. As soon as the can of soda emptied I was able to move and here. This was 2am-ish in the morning. She said she seen 3 kids walk by the window while I was paralized. I did not see this. 2012 I come home from work and I see a shadow person standing over my bed with its arms stretched out. When it noticed me it got startled and jumped onto the wall like a shadow and ran towards me along the second floor hallway wall and turned the corner and went down the wall down the steps. It also made a weird mechanical sound too. 2019 I wake up to a drop of water hitting me between my nose and upper lip.
I inspected my sealing and it was bone dry. It happened 3 nights in a row. I moved my bed to the other side of the room. It happened 2 more night then never happened again. So 2 months ago I shared my story for the first time with anyone on someone you tube channel who does interviews. Before this time I was suffering from PTSD. I couldn’t sleep, or keep a job or a relationship. I was a mess. Talking to this person made me feel good and not so afraid. So I did 2 more on two different channels. Its been therapy for me. These people are now my friends and I’m part of a tiny ufo community now. So since I’ve been free of fear I feel like a new person and I’m eager to seek the truth about what’s going on with me. I purchase 2 security cams with night vision to recon me while I sleep to see if I can get an abduction on camera. I know that’s not how it works but I’m trying. Anyway I started noticing I was recording orbs, I have a month of amazing footage. The main reason I’m contacting you is because 0n 10/01/2020 in the morning I have video footage and still pics of what looks to be orbs shape shifting into aliens than back to orbs. These pictures are pretty clear and I think I have compelling evidence. Something is going on right now! NOTE: The above image is CGI.
In 1971, I had a close encounter that was later explained to me was a “Close Encounter of The Second Kind”. My understanding is that a sighting in the sky is an encounter of the first kind, an encounter where the craft has touched down within close range is the second kind and an encounter where there is physical contact is the third kind, such as the movie years ago.
Many years prior to the movie, I was on my way home after getting off duty from the Naval Station at Miramar, which is now a Marine Corp Air Station, in San Diego. The year is 1971, it is about 3:00 a.m. there is no traffic and I am headed down interstate 15 and my car is running on gas fumes.
About 5 miles from my destination, the vehicle suddenly shuts off and I coast over to the side of the road. I am thinking I am out of gas and would have to walk the rest of the way into the next suburb of Kearny Mesa. I get out of the car and there is no traffic and it is very dark with only a little moonlight. I get a 5 gallon red military issue gas can out of the trunk and stand there trying to figure out what to do. I was flat broke and it was still a week before payday. As I look North and South on the Interstate, not a soul can be seen…….A craft silently lands
Still looking South as I stand there by the driver side of the door, I hear a release of air as if it is coming from a high pressure nozzle, and I hear gravel crunching like something heavy is pressing it down. I look across the Interstate which in 1971 was only four lanes and see an object of some type that is long, low and extremely streamlined and silohutted.
I keep looking because I was wondering how something could be there when it was not there when I got out of the car and as dark as it was, I never saw any lights or heard any other car engines.
At this time, I was still thinking I was looking at an extremely long car kind of like a limousine, but it was much longer. There was total silence and no movement from the vehicle or on the Interstate.
Panic took over when I saw that the vehicle was sitting flush on the ground and their were no tires, plus, I could see that it had opaque silver type windows that were paneled, but no other things like door handles or anything that could make it a car.
My mind starting putting together the fact that this was no car and the noise I heard earlier was the craft settling down about 40 yards across the Interstate from me.
I was scared to death at this point, and jumped into the car. The only thing I could think of was getting out of there before something came out of the craft.
Even though I thought the car would not start, I turned the key and it started and I put it into gear and took off.
When I got home, my family got scared because I was in tears and really scared. They had never seen me in this shape before and it frightened them. I told them what I had seen and they believed me, because they knew I was too terrified to make it up.
Return to the scene
The following morning, I went to my neighbor’s house and asked him to go back with me. We tried the car, but it would not start, it was out of gas. We borrowed money from other neighbors and went back to where the incident occurred. We only saw a slight indentation in the gravel where something had been.
I was traumatized by the event and had trouble sleeping for a long time after that. I still cannot sleep with my back to a door. When it first happened, I was so shook up, that I talked to doctors who recommended that I undergo hypnosis to digress to the night of the incident.
They kept asking me exactly how long was I there that night and to me it only seemed like a few minutes from start to finish. Others say that I could have been there longer and just do not know it and may have seen more than what I thought.
I never underwent the hypnosis, because I do not want to know anymore than what I already know. I know what I saw that night and it will haunt me the rest of my life.
Blemish appears on lower calf
Later that year, a blemish appeared on the left inside of my lower calf above the ankle. It is about the size of a dime and it has never gone away. Right in the center is a little black dot surrounded by a lighter tan circle. I thought it was some type of skin cancer and went in for a check up, the doctors say no, they have no idea what it is other than a blemish and not to be concerned.
Well, I am concerned because I do not know really how long I was there and what happened from the time I stopped to the time I left. I could be from the encounter, but I have no idea.
I have seen objects from time to time since then, but they have been in the sky and usually others report them. I have not ever had another close encounter and really do not want to.
Thanks for listening, it is good to vent that story from time to time. I just look forward to the day when all of us can be validated when a sighting beyond comparison will take place and it cannot be disputed.
The craft was a grayish type color and very smooth in appearance. The shape was very aerodynamic with the length being about 18-20 ft. The height was about 6ft. from the bottom of the craft to the top of the slightly dome-shaped top in the center of the craft.
There was also what looked like some type of windows or pane devices that were very dark, like a really dark tint on a car or presidential vehicle, but it was not glass, it was some other type of alloy.
Although the vehicle looked really light in weight, it had to be heavy, because it made the gravel crunch as it settled on the shoulder on the side of the roadway.
I was standing by the 1968 Plymouth Fury, light blue, on the southside of the interstate, looking across the interstate to the east, that is the direction I heard the escaping rush of air and heard the gravel crunching.
UCSD has an observatory of some type now in the area near the sighting. At the time I was there in 1971, a red & white checkered water tank was in the field close by the interstate. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Purplish, orange sunrise, metallic taste in mouth , travel timing. & the grayish ufo that’ll be imprinted in my mind forever!
Want to report this sighting that occurred last night in December the 26th, 2019. We (me and my 11 year old son) was walking to the Walgreens nearest to our home when suddenly out of nowhere I felt that of a strange headache along with a metallic state to my mouth. It struck me extremely odd when my son said to me suddenly, moments after I began feeling the symptoms, that his mouth tasted as if he had a penny in his mouth! As my son said this he placed both his hands over his head, clearly a sign that he, as well, was feeling that of the same symptoms as me! This was at night however , for that of a split second the lighting of the sky appeared that of an orange/purplish light color … resembling that of a sunrise! We both exchanged a nonverbal look, a look that gave me a chill up my spine, as it had confirmed to me that indeed, my son as well had seen the same strange phenomenon. It is then that my son looked up & his eyes widened so large it frightened me!
My son pulled, rather tugged me inside the Walgreens and had stated to me that he had seen that of a wide large light greyish object that was not to far above from us… only a few feet up above the Walgreens. At this point in time I did not see what he had just described, just te sky within a split of a second turning into that of a sunrise color. I calmed him down while we was in the Walgreens photo section and reassured him that due to the sky turning a different color, perhaps as it subsided he thought he had seen what he just described. When we got home, I went to the back last room of our house, which is one of my eldest son’s room. To my utter shock and disbelief, the metallic taste in my mouth along with the headache, which I had experienced along with my son and had left once we saw that ‘strange sunrise’ just a mere 20 to 30 minutes earlier by the Walgreens. I was in quite a stage of shock! Due to the notion that my son has 3 windows parallel to one another, I quickly gave a fast glimpse, expecting to see that ‘strange sunrise’ , if you will… except, this time, i had witnessed was definitely out of this world! A long, grey rectangle.. or should I say ship looking object slowly past the 2 front windows first … in that of a slow motion, making a left to the 3rd window! I quickly looked at my son’s closet mirror, which allows me to see 2 of the windows of his room to see if what i had just seen was there or what in the world was going on?! Next thing I know I was awakened by my son asking me if my migraine (I am a chronic migraine sufferer) has subsided …. I quickly jumped up from the bed and just couldn’t believe what was happening! It was as if one minute I was staring into the mirror and the next being awakened, mind you, tucked in, in my son’s bed! NOTE: The above image is CGI.
I am an educator at a boarding school in Princeton, NJ. I was scheduled to interview prospective students by skype from China so I was driving to campus at about 5:30 am on Friday, Jan. 17, 2020 when I noticed a strange object in a jet black pre-dawn sky. At first I thought it was clouds partially covering the moon, but the object was far too big for that. I realized quickly that it looked like a huge floating platform just hovering in the sky above a large shopping center near my house. It was black and solid, blacker than the dark winter sky, with white, and the occasional red and green lights irregularly placed around it so it looked strange and caught my eye. Since it was off at an angle and above me, it wasn’t clear if it was a rectangle shape or a triangle. It looked like a gigantic sound platform like you see at concerts but much bigger than that, hanging silently in the air. As I drove down the road with the object hovering to my left, I could ! see that it was ridiculously huge hanging there, dwarfing the large shopping center below it. As soon as I could, I pulled off the road, rolling my window down to hear any sounds. I couldn’t calculate how high it was in the sky, but I’d say it was somewhere between where a helicopter would fly but well above the top of the shopping center. It was much bigger than the center and had no sound. I stared at it for 10 minutes trying to figure out what it was. I’ve never seen anything like it. Finally, it silently drifted off beyond the tree line and I drove off to work so I wouldn’t be late for my calls.
The next day I googled to see if anyone else had reported this. No one had, but there were 2 reports from the previous year of having seen a large triangle like that with similar lights in nearby towns at night. When I looked for images on google, the black triangle looked closest to what I saw from the ground.
I’m sure I saw something huge and unusual early that morning. I still can’t get it out of my head. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
I have been researching the surface of Mars for many years. Special thanks to the Mars Curiosity Rover for the hi-definition images. Nasa seems to have many web sites and trying to find that one web site with these incredible images is the hard part. It may take a few hours to properly scan each photo but its worth it. Most times I feel like an explorer who is the very first person to see these landscapes. Below is a small collection of my discoveries on this Planet Mars.
A Mars solar day has a mean period of 24 hours 39 minutes 35.244 seconds, and is customarily referred to as a “sol” in order to distinguish this from the roughly 3% shorter solar day on Earth
Hi, I am not one to report unless I am sure. But what we saw at Long Beach island at 2 am was not something we doubt as something not in our comprehension.
My friend and I decided to take a walk on the beach at around 1:30 am after a long night of talking and catching up after about 20 minutes we noticed three bright lights on the sand, we thought they were police checking the area for trespassers. So we didn’t think much of it. We then noticed two of the light sources started to create a line between each other… it looked like a beam interchanged between two sources. Fast forward, these lights disappeared we figure it was some kind of weird glitch in some security light. We then notice a light that looked into the ocean. It was white shining very bright. We noticed a smaller green light flying over it... moving very fast all over the place. I mean like very disoriented.. nothing we have every seen before. I was a believer and the first thing I thought was aliens and I thought my friend would think I was absolutely crazy by my idea but when we both saw we looked at each other. The look on my friends face was shocking he was! absolutely startled… I was too. We both saw the same thing. These light forces moving ramp idly with no pattern or direction.. around the light source. At one point it seemed to dive into the ocean and back out. It would shine bright.. move and then disappear and appear again. It would make sudden movements and we would both look at each other. It would then stop and align with the bigger “light source” and then move about again. We watched it for about 40 minutes. I shined my light at it (blinked twice) and it disappeared… then shined back twice. And disappeared and we got to scared and walked away. We both realized this was an experience we will remember forever. We thought hard about what we might have seen but there just doesn’t seem to be any explanation to a light moving that rapidly and that unorganized like it did. We both knew what we saw but it seems unreal right now. I’m writing this because My friend and I truly believe we saw something out of the ordinary tonight. NOTE: The above image is real but from another case file.
On May 23, 1971 at about 12:30 P M, one of the most convincing photographs of a UFO was taken by one Rudi Nagora, a Munich musician. Nagora, along with his wife, were vacationing near St. Lorenzen, Styria, Austria.
After finding a suitable place to park his car, Nagora left his wife inside the vehicle while he scouted the general area before the two of them ventured out.
Suddenly, he heard a “whizzing” sound coming from above.
Looking up, he could clearly see a shining, silver disc which was between him and the cloud plane.
The object was moving in a zig-zag pattern. He ran back to his car, told his wife what he had seen, and grabbed his camera.
Pointing his Agfa-Click camera at the object, he took a full roll of 12 exposures, capturing several stunning images. Now out of film, Nagora could see the object come even closer, and then shoot straight up, disappearing through the clouds.
After the approximately 5 minute sighting and film taking session, Nagora took his film back to Munich.
UFO researcher Engineer Adolf Geigenthaler heard about the photographs, and began an investigation into the sighting. After careful examination, Nagoras photos were deemed legitimate by several reliable experts. The photos have never been debunked, and still testify today that we are not alone.
The story begins in 1973, when Robert Emenegger and Alan Sandler, two well-connected Los Angeles businessmen, were invited to Norton Air Force Base in California to discuss a possible documentary film on advanced research projects.
Two military officials, one the base’s head of the Air Force Office of Special Investigations, the other, the audio-visual director Paul Shartle, discussed a number of projects. One of them involved UFOs. This one sounded the most interesting and plans were launched to go ahead with a film on the subject.
Emenegger and Sandler were told of a film taken at Holloman AFB, New Mexico, in May 1971. In October 1988, in a national television broadcast, Shartle would declare that he had seen the 16mm film showing “three disc-shaped craft. One of the craft landed and two of them went away.”
A door opened on the landed vehicle and three beings emerged. Shartle said, “They were human-size. They had an odd, gray complexion and a pronounced nose.
They wore tight fitting jump suits, [and] thin headdresses that appeared to be communication devices, and in their hands they held a ‘translator.’
A Holloman base commander and other Air Force officers went out to meet them” (Howe, 1989).
Emenegger was led to believe he would be given the film for use in his documentary. He was even taken to Norton and shown the landing site and the building in which the spaceship had been stored and others (Buildings 383 and 1382) in which meetings between Air Force personnel and the aliens had been conducted over the next several days. According to his sources, the landing had taken place at 6 a.m.
The extraterrestrials were “doctors, professional types.” Their eyes had vertical slits like a cat’s and their mouths were thin and slit like, with no chins.” All that Emenegger was told of what occurred in the meetings was a single stray “fact”: that the military people said they were monitoring signals from an alien group with which they were unfamiliar, and did their ET guests know anything about them? The ETs said no.
Emenegger’s military sources said he would be given 3200 feet of film taken of the landing. At the last minute, however, permission was withdrawn, although Emenegger and Sandler were encouraged to describe the Holloman episode as something hypothetical, something that could happen or might happen in the future.
Emenegger went to Wright-Patterson AFB, where Project Blue Book had been located until its closing in 1969, to ask Col. George Weinbrenner one of his military contacts, what had happened.
According to Emenegger’s account, the exchange took place in Weinbrenner’s office. The colonel stood up, walked to a chalkboard and complained in a loud voice, “That damn MIG 25! Here we’re so public with everything we have. But the Soviets have all kinds of things we don’t know about. “We need to know more about the MIG 25!”
Moving to a bookshelf and continuing his monologue about the Russian jet fighter, he handed Emenegger a copy of J. Allen Hynek’s The UFO Experience (1972), with the author’s signature and dedication to Weinbrenner.
“It was like a scene from a Kafka play,” Emenegger would recall, inferring from the colonel’s odd behavior that he was confirming the reality of the film while making sure that no one overhearing the conversation realized that was what he was doing.
The documentary film UFO’s Past, Present & Future (Sandler Institutional Films, Inc.) was released in 1974 along with a paperback book of the same title. The Holloman incident is recounted in three pages (127-29) of the book’s “Future” section.
Elsewhere, in a section of photos and illustrations, is an artist’s conception of what one of the Holloman entities looked like, though it, along with other alien figures, is described only as being “based on eyewitness descriptions.” (Emenegger, 1974).
Emenegger’s association with the military and intelligence he had met while doing the film would continue for years.
Was going outside to grab something from my car when I noticed this object thought it was different from what I usually see, so I pulled my video camera out zoomed in and got a very fast spinning craft. I could see where the dome and the so called smooth sided wings met a black dot on the bottom of the craft. My first few videos got it in some kind of plasma looking orb around the entire craft and looked as if as it was spinning the air or some particles were spinning extremely fast around it then all of the sudden the globe went really small like it disappeared and I could see this craft come from it spinning so fast that it looked like it was on fire. It would jump around my screen for the next few hours the closer I got to the object my phones videos started to be taken over by some kind of swarming things that were moving In synchronization many many different colors. I have multiple videos of these things happening where you can clearly tell. Sometimes it would do complete loops or shoot to one side of the sky at high speed the stop and hover instantly only to go straight up and then every which direction. Also saw some beams of light come from this craft every time it stopped that looked like they were like waiving around. When it would move again they would retract. In one of my videos watching the craft we noticed that the small craft came up to a bigger red looking craft with rows of light which I have on video as well the bigger ship I could only see by the glare of the light from a smaller craft almost as it was invisible but the bigger craft was over my head and I hadn’t even noticed it it looked like the craft would point these beams in the direction it wanted to go then would instantly just be there in a matter of seconds I watched this until the sun was about to come up then it shot straight up into the sky and a green beam of light came from behind it and it was gone.
Only weeks earlier on the afternoon of 5th February at around 3 pm, in Kangaskyla Kinnula in Finland, yet another very similar incident would unfold involving a low-altitude UFO near woodland, no less. The account would appear in Flying Saucer Review courtesy of Tapani Kuningas.
The witnesses, P. Aliranta and E J Sneck, were working in the woodlands of the area when they noticed a bizarre metallic object “shaped like two saucers put together” which appeared to be descending in their direction. They would estimate the craft was around 15 feet across and was approximately 50 feet away.
Even more bizarre, as the two woodland workers watched from their location, a small being emerged from the object. They would estimate it was around three feet tall and appeared to “glide” as it moved as if it was on a conveyer belt. They could also see that the entity was dressed in a green garment from its feet to its head – upon which was a helmet with a “circular faceplate”.
Suddenly, the two witnesses realized that the strange being was moving in their direction. They also noticed several more entities looking out of the craft at the scene below. Aliranta would approach the entity, still with his saw in his hand.
Then, the being appeared to rise into the air. Instinctively, Aliranta would reach for its boot. However, as soon as he wrapped his grip around it he felt a burning sensation travel down his arm. He would later recall that it felt like “hot iron” and after regaining his senses, he let go immediately. The strange creature headed straight for the craft, which then took off straight upwards.
Intriguingly, and certainly, a detail shared with our other cases, the witnesses would find indentions on the ground. NOTE: the above image is CGI.
SEPTEMBER 27, 2020………BERRY HEAD BRIXHAM DEVON ENGLAND
Hi Ken : I was at Berry Head taking photographs of the area and I could see that another cruise ship had dropped anchor there at Torquay. There were now four cruise ships anchored there in total and the latest was the Holland America Westerdam cruise ship which I was very excited to photograph. I couldn’t wait to see just out of curiosity if I could capture any anomalous objects around this particular ship. I then noticed that there was a small Navy vessel in the area not far from the cruise ships. Could it be that the navy vessel was there to monitor the area for this kind of anomalous activity. I had never seen this Navy vessel in this area before and it just struck me as being odd what with all the recent UFO / USO activity around there.
Was it just a coincidence or was it something else. I took some photographs of the Navy vessel and then turned my attention back to the Westerdam cruise ship. I took a lot of photographs of the Westerdam cruise ship using my Nikon P900 camera and at first I didn’t see anything out of the ordinary. I was just about to turn my attention to another vessel when an object flew up from behind the cruise ship and then hovered directly above the main deck of the ship before it shot off vertically into the sky and disappeared from view. I could hardly believe what I had just witnessed. The speed of the object was phenomenal. How was it possible for this object to go from a hovering state to such a breakneck speed like that instantaneously? There was no visible signs of propulsion which was very puzzling. The G forces within this object must of been immense. It really is beyond my understanding of how this could be achieved. It was just sheer luck that the object had hovered there stationery for a short moment allowing me just enough time to capture it in a photograph. Yet again I had photographed another anomalous object just off the coast of Torquay near a cruise ship. What the hell is going on here in this area? This sudden spike in activity is truly bizarre and so is the presence of a Navy vessel in the vicinity. The photograph was taken at 4:44 PM on the 27th of September 2020, from Berry Head Brixham Devon England. Have a great week my friend all the best John.
A small mushroom-shaped craft crashed close to Edwards AFB. It was dull gray (gun-metal) in color with greenish lights, about 3-3, 5 m in diameter and 1.5-2m in height. 3 gray humanoids, including one that was still alive and a human female abductee (Lorraine Dvorak Cordini) were found onboard.
The craft, bodies and survivors were moved to Edwards AFB. The witness Debbie Clayton reported that she heard a loud roaring sound and then a loud crash. Outside she could see a cloud of dust several blocks away. She walked over to the crash site and while other civilians were studying the craft, the military arrived, weapons drawn.
One of the civilians had been taken photographs and an Air Force officer ripped the camera from his hands and smashed it but didn’t try to remove the film. The craft had no markings but seemed to be scratched.
There were no windows or seams, and it appeared to be molded in one piece. The texture was smooth. The military told the witnesses to leave or be arrested. The military then covered the craft with a large canvas and lifted it with cables attached to the canvas.
Once it was loaded, the military left and there was no mention of the incident in the newspapers. The cause of the crash was later established to have been a technical malfunction.
Lorraine Dvorak Cordini later was able to remember (despite the fact that the military attempted to erase her memory with the use of drugs, hypnosis, etc) that she had been traveling onboard the UFO from a mothership in space. She was dressed in a tight-fitting pink body suit. Three extraterrestrial crewmen were returning her to Earth in a small pod-like craft.
Lorraine soon found herself standing amid the wreckage. One dead alien was far to her left, barely visible from where she stood, another dead alien was about 20 feet in front of her. A military person was apparently kicking the alien’s dead body. The third alien crewmember was alive and standing about 20 feet from her, dazed, confused and disoriented. She too felt this way.
Suddenly she felt a jerk as a military person grabbed her arms, brought them around her back and handcuffed her. As they were hauling her off she received an image in her mind of the “captain” onboard the mothership. It was a tall, 6′ humanoid in a long white gown, short brown hair, female, which was communicating to Lorraine how sorry she was for not being able to help her and the other aliens, for if they did they would be detected.
Her sorrow was apparent. Other aliens were around her and the same feelings of helplessness and frustration were felt. The other aliens resembled small gray humanoids (similar to the ones seen in the movie “Close Encounters”). Lorraine was then thrown into the backseat of a black limousine. Her next memory was what surfaced in the hypnosis session.
Lorraine was lying on a cold metal table in a hangar. Three military persons stood to the left of the table. One may have been an officer because he had a different cap than the fatigue uniforms of the other two persons. Another uniformed military man was at Lorraine’s head and to the right and to his left was an alien whom Lorraine described as having a pumpkin-shaped head.
He had appeared in a childhood experience that previously surfaced during the same hypnosis session. In the childhood experience he was in a spacesuit… Lorraine’s child’s mind saw him dangling outside the window in a deep sea diver’s suit. This alien was about 4 ft tall, his body bulbous and brown.
His head bulbous and pumpkin like. Lorraine “heard” the alien thinking how great he felt about himself and how proud he was to be in the service of the earth military men… he had a smug attitude and the military man next to him showed contempt towards the alien.
She was very confused and disoriented. Her next memory was of being yanked off the table and being dragged outside the hangar. There she saw many flashing red lights and screamed, “My God, that isn’t a space ship that is the police, my God it is the police.” The military men then sat her on a bus and she ended up in San Francisco stranded and lost. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On August 2, 2015 at 9:10 p.m., I was the first to observe the object while I was walking my dog. When I saw the luminous object passing slowly at about 30 km / h from my perspective at a height of about 1000 to 1500 feet, from south east to north west just above my head. I was very impressed and did not understand what this object could be. He was heading towards the lake in the northwest. At the same time, I called my wife on the cell phone to tell her to go outside immediately and see if she saw the object I was seeing. Our house is about 800 meters from where I was. My wife then went out onto our patio and she tried to follow him, she stopped near our house on the way to Lac St-Louis and filmed what she saw. So we have a video of this object. In the video, we see the object of a spherical shape that changes color and emits irregular shapes in halos of colors such as blue green red purple and white. By changing, this object regularly returns to a very particular shape, this shape looks like a translucent luminous sphere of white light, we can see in the center a small more solid white sphere with a sign of ” + ” more defined with more to the outside a more blackened area and after four light points which if we connected them could form a perfect square. The four rounded dots actually seemed to help form the base of a sphere with the halo that the object produced. After a few minutes of observation filmed almost stationary, the object disappeared.
I went to my neighbor’s house to go for a ride through the neighborhood and prior to going to her house. I had seen some bright lights in the sky probably 3 to 4. When I got to her house I started videotaping in her driveway and we seen it on the video and I got our of the car and it disappeared into the clouds but then I seen a red orb going through the neighborhood it was flying low or moving at a fast rate and acting as if it was trying to play hide-and-seek. The other vehicle that we were filming was right in front of me and then it disappeared into the clouds. In the video you can see lots of other lights in the sky. If you zoom into them they look like they can be aircraft’s of some sort. There’s also some misty looking stuff off to the right in the photos we have been seen a lot in our neighborhood these last couple months but this night really scared me as I felt like after I got home I was being followed or watched.
(Note: I was able to contact the gentleman who made this report. I asked him several questions about his account that I needed cleared up for my own curiosity, and the veracity of the report itself. One question concerned his employment dates, which he very quickly cleared up. Secondly, I asked him about what mission was being broadcast as he watched the UFOs on the TV screen. I had thought it must be Apollo 15, and he verified this for me also. I would also like to thank Eileen Nesbitt for her invaluable assistance in gathering information on this very important report.) Billy Booth
When I first started working for NASA, its initials, not the name, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, was how it was referred to. NASA is with whom I began employment in 1958 as a security guard on Wayside in Houston, Texas. They hadn’t even started building Manned Spacecraft Center at Webster yet, which would later be called MSC at Clear Lake. In 1961, I transferred to the Fire Department at the fledgling MSC and started training as a Fire and Safety Technician. The contractor responsible for Fire and Safety was Houston Fire and Safety. They held the contract for five years, losing out to Wackenhut Corporation out of Coral Gables Florida in 1966 because Wackenhut incorporated all phases of fire, safety and security under one blanket contract. Some say that George Wackenhut had first, Kennedy’s, then Johnson’s ear, but I haven’t seen proof of it. Everybody who hired in as a Fire Fighter was cross-trained in almost every aspect of maintenance operations.
I attended numerous schools on fire alarm systems, pump repair, electrical and mechanical maintenance, physical plant operations, and last and certainly not the least, fire, safety and security. We were told that we had to pass a very rigid security clearance investigation, and that our job would be forfeit if we did no pass. I passed with flying colors and kept my job. There were several who did not pass, and we were never told why they had been laid off. When I started, there were approximately three hundred eighty men who were attached to the fire department there at MSC. I saw a lot of men come and go during my twenty-six years of employment, but I never saw anyone who was willing to speak out about the rigid security. Even in later years, I kept in touch with several of my closest friends, when conversations turned to anything we were told not to talk about, there was always someone there to remind us that we had been told not to discuss it, even after we were no longer there. I saw things, and heard statements from Astronauts that I didn’t discuss, even with my wife or family. It was like a gigantic trust handed us and we honored it.
To this day, I don’t talk about everything I heard when I was around the Astronauts, at least not in detail. There were several incidents that occurred during my tenure as an employee and to several of the Fire Fighters that got all of us thinking about how our government wasn’t telling all they knew. For instance, in Building #1 on Johnson Space center, which was Building #2 when I first started work there, most of the north center of the second floor was the “crypto” room. We didn’t know what went on in the room, but we did know that we weren’t allowed in the room under normal circumstances. However, when an alarm came in at the Fire Station, we responded to the floor of the building that showed up on the enunciator panel at the station, One time, around 1964, we responded to Bldg.#2 to find that the alarm originated from the “crypto” room. However, the doors were open and we just walked in to check the minor panel located there.
The whole east wall was covered with photos of UFOs. As we finished up, the officer of that room came back in and found us there. He actually pulled his sidearm and pointed it at us before demanding to know why we had entered that room. He eventually accepted our explanation, but it took Everette D. Shafer*, head of NASA Security to vouch for us before the man would shut off his threats towards us. Everette Shafer reminded him, that had the armed officer been there in the room with the door locked, the incident could have been avoided. No, that was one very unhappy officer. I think he was Air Force, but I could be wrong; he was a Captain, I do remember that. When I came back from the Cape in 1968, we had another incident in the very same room, and the same officer was there also. Apollo 15 Landing Site Hadley Rille/Apennine Mountains-26.13222° N latitude, 3.63386° E. longitude .The Apollo 15 landing site was located at 26° 4´ 54¨ north latitude by 3° 39´ 30¨ east longitude at the foot of the Apennine mountain range. The Apennines rise up to more than 15,000 feet (4572 m) along the southeastern edge of Mare Imbrium (Sea of Rains).The Apennine escarpment–highest on the Moon–had been selected to allow the astronauts to drive from the LM to the Apennine front during two of the EVAs.
This time, he had Mr. Shafer to give the okay for us to enter the room, with him as our armed escort. But this time the walls on all four sides were photo-to-photo of UFOs and other very strange looking aircraft. We did our job, got out of there, but Mr. Shafer and the officer both told us to not speak to anyone of what we saw or observed in that room, ever! During Man Rated Tests, the fire department was trained to be rescuers should anything happen. Or job was to stand-by in readiness during many long hours of boring, repetitious, and meaningless exercises. Most times it was not the Astronauts themselves who performed the exercises, rather it was trained test subjects who did. We all became acquainted with them. Buildings #7, #32, and #33 on Manned Spacecraft Center, were the test sites for Vacuum Chamber related tests. In Building #32, was housed the largest vacuum chamber in the free world. In Building #33, was the ultra-high vacuum test chamber, and Building #7 housed three test chambers. Building #7 is also where the Astronauts Space suits were manufactured.
Throughout the sixties, we performed numerous duties, some at MSC, while others were at Area 2000 at Ellington AFB in Genoa, Texas. Area 2000 was where the Lunar Landing Training Vehicle was tested and flown by test pilots and Astronauts. I was Crew Chief of the Contract Fire Department personnel at Area 2000 for close to a year, working all three shifts due to loss of personnel or whatever, but eventually being promoted up the ladder to Training Officer. Not anything really special happened while I was Training Officer, but I did get to go places that was off limits to other personnel. It was one of my jobs to draw the pre-fire attack plans for every building on Site, to accomplish that job, I had the need to enter all buildings and accurately record everything of interest towards fire, safety, and security onto drawings. That is why I remember so much detail concerning the buildings, their locations, the interior layouts, and where all exits and equipment relating to Fire, Safety and Security were located. Another part of everyone’s job was the Safety patrols during any mission.
From the first day on the job, before we were trained to become good little NASA Fire Fighters, we were told that we would perform various duties during our employment, that we would be constantly training, ensuring that we all would have the latest knowledge to do our job with the highest of proficiency. Part of the training regimen was to know, and I do mean know, every building so intimately that we could draw a set of plans for them in our sleep. We ate, slept, and dreamed of building plans; construction materials inside and out, how many panels and manufacturer name of all alarm systems; how to repair or reset those systems; what was in the buildings that could be dangerous to us during emergencies.etc. but mostly the interior layout, hallways, exits, room locations. With that small introduction, I will now attempt to give you the details of the safety patrols for Integrated Mission Control Center, commonly known as Building #30 on Johnson Space Center. Building #30 is not just one building, rather it is two separate buildings, each having distinct functions.
There is the Administrative side that houses support personnel, and the Mission Operations Control Rooms, otherwise known as the MOCR. By the way, at the time I was there, the Admin side of Building #30 was the building that housed the office of James Oberg. There are two MOCR’s located in IMCC, one on the second floor and one on the third floor. The building is like a big square, windowless structure sitting right next to the Southwestern Bell building. You can’t miss it, because it is the only building that looks like it. Three stories inside, it looks more like a five- storied structure from the outside. As you have most likely ascertained by now, there are some very high ceilings inside the MOCR’s. Although we were never told we couldn’t go into the MOCR’s during missions, all of the safety inspectors assumed that we weren’t welcome, that maybe we would be a distraction. However, we were allowed in every section surrounding the MOCR’s. On the second and third floors, there was the outside section, and the center section with a hallway completely around the inside of the building that separated the outside section from the inside.
The outside section of the building housed the air handlers, workshops, soft and hardware support offices, and tool rooms, while the inside portion was dedicated to the MOCR and it’s support. In the MOCR itself, was a huge screen that stretched across the entire wall. It was the mission map, which kept the technicians apprised where the vehicle was at any given moment during its orbits above the earth. On one end was the big television screen, which received its picture from a large bank of cameras directly behind the screen. Those cameras generated a lot of heat, and part of our duty during inspections was to make sure that there weren’t any ignitable materials in that area. It was kept dark for some reason, but the cameras gave off enough light so a person didn’t stumble around in there. It was also very cold most of the time, especially during missions. At the back of the MOCR is a series of glass windows. These windows are set into the wall that makes up the barrier that separates the viewing room from the MOCR. The viewing room has two doors for entry. Entry is accomplished by getting off the elevator, taking a right down the hall, and the first door is the first entryway. About twenty-five feet further down the hall is the second door.
Situated between them is a small door about three to four feet high. This door lets a maintenance technician into the area under the viewing room. On each side of the room, to the front are located phone booths, one on each side of the window. There are about eight rows of seats with a set of slight stairs that separate them into two sections. The seats are similar to any seat you may see in a movie house, but way more comfortable. Mounted on the wall above the big windows are two large screen colored TV’s with several high mounted speakers so the viewer can listen in to the conversations between the Astronauts and the ground crews. At the back of the room, right at the top of the center stairs, is a minor alarm panel. It was this minor alarm panel that safety had to monitor during all missions. The room was relatively quiet, cool and very comfortable. It was here I always chose to take a pipe break. My partner was also a pipe smoker, so we shared stories, listened to the quiet banter between the ground crew and the vehicle, and actually didn’t pay much attention to what was going on in the MOCR. Nothing out of the way ever occurred in the Missions, but during one particular Mission, something so unique happened that I would always remember it.
Jim Baker and I had been doing the regular routine safety inspection during a Manned Mission to the Moon. We entered the viewing room at the end of our patrol, and as was our wont, sat at the back of the room to enjoy a pipe. We both smoked a pipe, and the viewing room allowed smokers. We had been there for no longer than fifteen minutes, it may have been longer, but I doubt it, when the stage left door opened and in walked several, at least five of the upper echelon administrators of Johnson Space Center. Uh, it actually wasn’t called Johnson Space Center at that time; rather the name was Manned Spacecraft Center. Anyway, I do know that one of the people was definitely Chrome Dome, as we were irreverently known to call Dr. Gilruth. At that time I had hair and found it funny to refer to one of the finest minds our country had by the moniker, “Chrome Dome.” Just prior to their entering the viewing room, Jim and I noticed that the Technicians in the MOCR had gotten up and left the room. Now, that isn’t unusual during a normal EVA, but the Astronauts were in Hadley’s Rille. They couldn’t be seen because they were over the edge, down in the Rille itself. The Lunar Rover was about thirty, maybe forty or more yards from the edge, and had the left front camera on the spot where the Astronauts had disappeared.
You could hear the Astronauts voices talking, but as in most of the dialogs, we weren’t paying close attention to what they were saying. We did notice the technicians getting up and leaving the MOCR. Jim is the one who actually said something about it. “Looks as if everyone got a bee in their bonnet at the same time, don’t it?” “Most probably their piss and lunch break,” I offered. It was right after I made that statement, that Dr. Gilruth entered, and several others came in with him. They didn’t look back, just went to the center of the viewing room and were talking excitedly among themselves and pointing towards the big screen to the right of the main screen in the MOCR. Jim and I then paid close attention to what was on the screen. There was an object above the spot where the Astronauts were supposed to be in Hadley’s Rille, just hovering. I am totally positive as to it being an object; it was round, it had a shiny side with a shadow side, with the shadow side matching the shadows on the moon, and though all the video shots coming from the moon looked black and white, they could actually have been in color. The harsh lighting was probably responsible for the illusion of black and white. Anyway, The object started a slow move from screen left to screen right. The camera on the left front of the Rover followed the object as it moved screen right. Soon it was apparent that it actually wasn’t moving screen right, but was circling the Rover. The Rover has two mounted cameras on it.
One camera was mounted on the left front and one on the right rear. As the object came into view of the right rear, that camera picked up the object and continued tracking it as it circled, very slowly around the Rover. It finally came to the point where the right rear camera could no longer follow it, so the left front camera picked up the image again and followed it to where it was once more above where the Astronauts were in Hadley’s Rille. I uttered something that brought us to the attention of Dr. Gilruth and the others. “What the crap is that? What caused me to utter that phrase was, the object took off straight up and went out of sight in less than a second. It may have been longer, but seemed like it was gone in the blink of an eye, but I was still aware that it had actually gone straight up. One of the men there, I still think it was Everette Shafer, turned and asked us what we were doing in the room, and we told them that we were there to inspect the fire alarm panel at the rear of the room and to take our smoke break. And to ask a question of our own. “What in hell was that about ? “Can you believe they actually told us it was a drop of oil on the lens of the camera on the moon? Truth! Now, I am not stupid, though I have done a few stupid things in my life, like getting married the first time, but I know a pile of schlock when I hear it!
It wasn’t a drop of oil, no way! I opened my mouth and said, “There’s no way it was on the lens on the camera on the moon. “”The temperature would freeze the drop solid. “To Which the man holding my clearance in his hand, reading my name replied, “I mean it was a drop of oil on the camera lens at the back of that screen.” To which he pointed. Okay, it was a good place to shut up and get out of the viewing room, but.. Once more I said something because as I have previously stated, I’m not stupid!” There’s no way that drop of oil is on any one of those lenses at the back of the screen, because of the temperature.”” The heat is high enough back there to set the drop of oil on fire. “Who ever it was holding my badge in his hand, says, “If you want to keep your job, you’ll get out of here and keep your mouth shut about what occurred here. “Not about what I saw, not about why I was in there, just get out and keep my mouth shut about what had occured. I pulled away from him, turned to Jim and said lets go.
When we exited the room, to our surprise, there was Dick Nieber and Loring E. Williams of security on the doors. They were as surprised at seeing us come out of the room as we were at seeing them standing guard there. Further, they told us that Andrado and two others were on the rear doors to keep unauthorized people out of there. Then they told us their story: They were pulled away from vehicular patrol and told to go immediately to IMCC and the second floor MOCR viewing room and stand guard until further notice. They were told that absolutely nobody other than Dr. Gilruth and the people who were with him were to be allowed into the room. It’s no wonder our being there disturbed Dr. Gilruth and the others; we weren’t supposed to be there. When Nieber asked us what had happened in there, we told them we couldn’t discuss it. They thought that the Astronauts had been killed. That was what had been circulating between them while they were guarding the doors to the viewing room. Wrong!
That same evening, I sat at the typewriter and wrote out everything, time, date, place, and mission, plus all the names I could remember of who were there with all the facts concerning the incident, and asked Jim Baker to read it and sign it. He read it and signed it on condition that I would give him a copy of the report. I went to the copier, and made six complete copies of the report and gave Jim one of them. Incidentally, when we arrived back at the fire station, Sgt. Thomas Walsh asked us to come to the dispatcher’s office to speak to him. He closed the door and told us that he’d received a call from Shafer, that no matter what we had seen or heard in the viewing room, we were not supposed to discuss it with anyone at all, ever, because it had to do with National Security. “National Security over a drop of oil on a camera lens?” I think not!Jim Baker died in 1983 of a sudden heart attack. He was forty- six and one of my best friends and we got together regularly at his home, in his gun shop to discuss different people and things. The last time I saw him alive, I asked him if he still had his report hidden away and he told me he had actually burned his copy, but had given a copy to another friend from West Virginia who wanted it. I retired in 1979, and moved to Austin Texas.
I was security dispatcher for the LBJ Presidential Library there in Austin when I got a call from Jim’s daughter, Amey, telling me that her father had passed away early that morning. Jim’s last words to me, there in his little gun shop was, “You sure raised hell over that drop of oil, but you were right, they were full of shit and you knew it.” Addendum: 03-13-05I looked it up recently and it was Apollo 15. For some reason, I have lost my original notes written up on NASA Fire Department’s old IBM Selectric. However, I must reiterate that it wasn’t a film, it was real-time and we observed the incident as it happened on the big screen in the MOCR on the second floor at Building 30, aka, Mission Operations Control Center. We had stopped in the viewing room to check the minor fire panel at the rear of the room and then sat down to smoke our pipes. We had been in there about fifteen minutes when in walked Dr. Gilruth and about five other men. They didn’t even know we were in the room until the object took off straight up, this being after it had circled the Lunar Rover. As I stated, it was the Flight where the Astronauts had landed close to Hadley’s Rille, and when the incident happened, they were out of sight over the edge, in the Rille. To the best of my knowledge, that is what was being told by the news media. However, when we returned to the Fire Station, nobody had seen the object, and Sgt. Thomas Walsh had taken us into the Dispatchers office and told us that he had received a call from Everette Shafer, NASA Security, telling him to apprise us of the oaths we had signed concerning National Security and the penalties attached to breaking the law.*:Spelling may be Sheaffer, or Sheafer
In addition to this very recent information about the astronauts sighting one or more UFOs while in Hadley’s Rille, the following is a conversation discovered from NASA’s Apollo 15 flight journal with the crew in respect to an interview with news media.
270:22:37 Scott: Roger. Go ahead with your questions.
270:22:46 Henize: Roger. We’ll – we’ll admire the beautiful picture for – for a few minutes here.
270:22:56 Henize: Deke just passed out from the shock, incidentally.
[The crew appear in a row, facing the camera. Dave is camera-left, Al in the centre and Jim to camera-right. Dave has a noticeable beard after 12 days in space.]
270:23:15 Henize: Okay, fellas. I have a preliminary statement to make here. The questions you will be asked in this news conference have been submitted by newsmen here at the Manned Spacecraft Center who’ve been covering the flight. Some of the questions they raised have been answered in your communications with – with Mission Control, but the public-at-large has not necessarily heard them. The questions are being read to you exactly as submitted by the newsmen, and in an order of priority specified by them.
270:23:46 Henize: Question number 1. This last week, we have shared scores of exciting moments with you. Which single moment would you most like to live again, and is there any moment which you would never like to repeat?
270:24:03 Scott: Well, I guess we all probably have a different idea of which would be the single most exciting moment of the flight, and maybe we’ll just run through it one at a time. I guess the most impressive moment I can remember is standing up on Hadley mountain – Hadley Delta, and looking back at the plain and seeing the LM and the rille and Mount Hadley, and the whole big picture in one – one swoop. And I think we’ve got some pictures for you from up there, and I believe the TV was running at the same time, and I think that was probably the most impressive sight that I’ve ever seen. Al?
This information puts a whole new light on the following photos acquired over the years.
David Scott made his third space flight as spacecraft commander of Apollo 15, July 26 – August 7, 1971. His companions on the flight were Alfred M. Worden (command module pilot) and James B. Irwin (lunar module pilot). Apollo 15 was the fourth manned lunar landing mission and the first to visit and explore the moon’s “Hadley Rille” and Apennine Mountains which are located on the southeast edge of the Mare Imbrium (Sea of Rains).
Hi Ken : It wasn’t a very nice day it had been raining for most of the morning but I still decided to go to Babbacombe for a couple of hours to see if I could capture any more anomalous objects near the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship that was still anchored there. I had found the perfect place to stand and take photographs of the ship. I had a great view so I started to take some photographs with my Nikon P900 camera and once again an anomalous object appeared right above the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship. I managed to capture it in a photograph before it shot off at incredible speed which instantly caused me to lose sight of it. I looked around but did not see where it had gone. These objects are obviously keeping a constant presents around this area.
This is pretty evident to me due to the ridiculous amount of objects that I have been sighting and photographing there. It would appear that the best time to capture them is between 4:00 pm and 5:00 pm in the afternoon for some reason. I have a theory why this maybe the case. I believe that some of these objects are returning back to there secret under water layer which must be located somewhere in this vicinity. It really is mind boggling that since these cruise ships have been anchored there offshore, activity has clearly increased. This is a very strange phenomena and one that I will continue to research for further answers. The photograph was taken at 16:02 PM on the 1st of October 2020, at Babbacombe Torquay Devon England. All the best John.
KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2020………TEIGNMOUTH DEVON ENGLAND
Hi Ken : I went back to Teignmouth to see if I could capture any more anomalous objects around the area like I had the previous day. I was standing on East cliff bridge looking towards a church bell tower which I then decided to photograph. While in the process of taking a set of burst photographs with my Nikon P900 camera a UFO shot across the sky right above the church heading towards the sea. I managed to capture the object in one of the photographs. I then looked around the sky for anything else out of the ordinary and to my surprise I spotted a glowing ball of light that slowly flew across the sky before it disappeared into some thick cloud cover where I unfortunately lost sight of it.
Yet again I had managed to photograph another anomalous object at Teignmouth. Seeing and capturing these anomalous objects in my photographs has become a common occurrence for me around the Devon coast. No matter where I seem to be in Devon I always capture them. It’s very bizarre and I really can’t explain it. The photograph was taken at 4:23 PM on the 30th of September 2020, at Teignmouth Devon England.All the best John
The summer of 1971, I was working the night shift for Conoco Oil Co. at an open pit uranium mine west of Karnes City Tx.
I was one of 6 people operating Caterpillar 657B earth movers. We were down to about 210 feet deep when this incident happened. It was about 11:10 PM , just after shift change we were getting ready to crank our machines, when the 85 acre pit lit up as if it was daylight.
The light was so bright that I had to squint because it hurt my eyes. I remember hearing a high pitched hissing noise and the hair on my arms stood on end. I was so scared, I fell to the ground and started praying.
I remember trying to look up, but the light was so bright I couldn’t. After about 2 minutes, the light started getting dimmer and I could finally look up at it. What I saw amazed me. The object was round and the bright light was coming from the center of the bottom of the UFO.
Around the perimeter of the craft was hundreds of penlight size light beams that alternated in all colors of the spectrum. Now I know they were laser beams. The UFO was rising up slowly at first and then went straight up out of sight in about 10 seconds.
I was crying and shaking and so was everyone else. The other shift workers thought we were crazy when we told them what had happened. But we got the last laugh. This is how we proved it actually happened.
There is a vein of uranium ore that runs from George West Texas to almost Texarkana Texas. When determining where to place a mine, the following steps are accomplished:
(1) A geologist with a geiger counter flies over the area and finds the highest radiation reading.
(2) Drilling trucks are sent out and core samples are drilled to determine the highest concentration of uranium ore. These core samples are drilled in a grid pattern and every core sample is given a tracking number and logged in showing the concentration and amount of uranium present.
(3) The open pit mine is then laid out according to these core samples.
When this UFO incident happened, we were about 2 feet away from a layer of hard rock called the “tap rock” that laid directly on top of the uranium ore. The uranium ore varied in depth from 6 to 18 inches and had about the same brown color as low grade coal.
Two days after this incident, the tap rock was removed to expose the uranium ore. We were astounded to find that the uranium ore was now a chalky white substance that had NO radioactivity at all! There was a 250 foot diameter circle of this chalky material in the center of the pit.
Outside of the circle, the uranium ore was still as potent as before the incident. Core samples don’t lie. This chalky material was uranium before this incident.
Many a night I have laid in my bed thinking about what happened. I think the UFO needed the uranium for some reason. Marcus Harvey, Sam Rayburn Lake, TX NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Here is an intriguing photograph taken in Costa Rica of a UFO as it seems to enter or exit the water. The accompanying letter states:
“I am sending you a .GIF type file (converted to jpeg) with the photograph taken above Lake Cote in Costa Rica. After doing some research I have to clarify that, contrary to what I told you, it was not lake Arenal but Lake Cote instead, and, just to set the record straight, it wasn’t an American mapping plane, but a Costa Rican plane.
“This is an impressive photo,” and it’s already been analyzed in several parts of the world. I quote from the latest report by researchers Richard Haines and Jacques Valle:
“In summary, our analyses have suggested that an unidentified, opaque, aerial object was captured on film at a maximum distance of 10,000 feet. There are no visible means of lift or propulsion and no surface markings other than dark regions that appear to be nonrandom… There is no indication that the image is the product of a double exposure or a deliberate fabrication.” [Haines, and Vallee, 1989].
A high resolution camera was mounted on the plane pointing downwards, and programmed to take photographs of the terrain below every 17 seconds.
It shows in extraordinary detail all features of the landscape (water, shoreline, trees, etc.) and you’ll notice how it was determined that the object (about 600+ ft. or 200 meters in diameter was coming into the water from right to left at an angle of approximately 30° in relation to the surface of the water.
The area covered is approximately 7 miles across.
Famous Costarican contactee and expert in telecommunications, engineer Enrique Castillo whose reports are as trustworthy as you’ll ever get, and who has passed all sorts of tests involving hypnotic regression and lie-detection in laboratories in the U.S., had his first contact on top of the Irazu Volcano in Costa Rica, aproximately 9,000 feet above sea level.
It was back in 1963, in the exact spot which I have visited many times and which happens to look like an eerie artificial forest with more than 200 steel towers (veritable hub of telecommunication activities in the country).
Not far from there, I myself have spotted several crafts hovering at various heights while hiking in the mountains, some of them around the area where famous researcher Andreas Faber-Kaiser reported having gone down a tunnel which locals claim leads to the so called “Temple of the Moon”, a sacred building said to have been built some millennia ago by an advanced race as part of a compound that includes some 500 underground buildings.
A very credible UFO encounter occurred in the small town of Delphos, Kansas in 1971. This case has never been debunked, and is still considered as one of the very best physical trace cases involving a UFO landing. Sixteen year old Ron Johnson, along with his dog Snowball, was tending the family sheep when his attention was suddenly drawn to a mushroom-shaped UFO appearing in the night sky. The flying object, metallic with multi-colored lights, was hovering approximately 75 feet away from Ron among some trees. Johnson estimated the craft was only a few feet above the ground. He estimated the crafts diameter at 6-8 feet. Stunned by what he was looking at, he tried to get a closer look, but the brilliant luminance of the craft did not allow him to make out any additional details. Ron described the craft as making a loud sound, “like an old washing machine which vibrates. “The glow of the objects bottom increased as it began to rise up into the sky. Ron would later state that he was temporarily blinded by the brightness of the craft as it ascended. After he regained his sight and composure, he ran back to the family house to alert his mother and father, Erma and Durel.
The bright, glowing object was now even higher in the sky. Ron’s parents came running around the side of the house to get a glimpse of the unusual phenomena. They arrived just in time to see the object, now big as the full moon, as it disappeared from view. The three Johnsons were shocked to see a glowing ring on the ground, right below where the craft had hovered. There was also a glowing material on some of the trees nearby. Family members would agree that the ground around the glow “felt strange, like a slick crust, as if the soil was crystallized. “Ron’s mother’s fingers went numb, like she had been given a local anesthetic. After they were sure the craft was not returning, the family settled down for the night. When dawn broke the next day, the family immediately returned to the sight of the glowing ring, and to their surprise, it was still there! The inside and outside of the ring was damp from a rain shower, but the exterior of the ring was amazingly dry. The ring had a crusty appearance, as though the rain had simply ran off, leaving it bone dry. Slightly over a month later, after a snow fall, the white ice had melted both inside and outside of the ring, but the ring itself maintained the snow drift. Investigators experimented with the ring by removing snow from a section of it, and pouring water on the exposed part. The soil would not allow the water to pass through. The Johnsons told their story to the local newspaper, The Delphos Republican. Reporter Thaddia Smith, along with several members of her family, drove back out with the Johnsons to see the site of the UFO landing and the strange ring.
Smith’s report was as follows: “The circle was still very distinct and plain to see. the soil was dried and crusted. The circle or ring was approximately 8 feet across, the center of the ring and the outside area were still muddy from recent rains. The area of the ring that was dried was about a foot across and was very light in color. The object had crushed a dead tree to the ground either when it landed or took off, and from appearance had broken a limb of a live tree when it landed. the broken limb was most unusual, it would snap and break as though it had been dead for quite some time, yet it was green under the bark, and the upper area still had green leaves clinging to its branches. However the lower area looked as though it had been blistered and had a whitish cast. “Later the same day, Sheriff Enlow, Undersheriff Harlan Enlow, and Kansas State Highway Patrolman Kenneth Yager investigated the ring after being alerted to the fact is of the case by Thaddia Smith. Harlan Enlow filed this report:“…we observed a ring shaped somewhat like a doughnut with a hole in the middle. The ring was completely dry with a hole in the middle and outside of the ring mud. There were limbs broken from a tree and a dead tree broken off there. There was a slight discoloration on the trees. “Further experimentation showed the ground under the ring to be dry to a depth of one foot. The ring itself was composed of a whitish substance, which was sent to a laboratory for analysis.
The findings were as follows:
It was vegetal in nature and belonged to an organism of the order of Actinomycetales, which is an intermediate organism between bacteria and fungus… family actiniomycete, genus Nocardia… [and is] often found together with a fungus of the order Basidomycetes, which may flouresce under certain conditions… one possible interpretation is that high energy stimulation triggered the spectacular growth of the Nocardia and of an existing fungus, and caused the latter to flouresce.
There would also be another witness to corroborate Ron Johnson’s account of the UFO. Sheriff Enlow told the press;
“On 11-03-71 Mr. Lester Ensbarger of 416 Argyle St. in Minneapolis advised Deputy Sheriff Leonard Simpson that at approx. 7:30 p.m. 11-02-71 he had observed a bright light descending in the sky in the Delphos area.”
The experience of Ron Johnson is still considered as one of the best documented “ground trace” UFO cases of the past century, and is still unexplainable by any conventional or earthly means.
On February 3, 1972, one of Peru’s most famous UFO encounters took place. It happened in broad daylight and the saucer’s alien occupant was seen by the two human witnesses.
It all began early that morning in Puquilo, a desert town about 500 kilometers (300 miles) south of Lima. Tito Rojas and Adolfo Penafiel owned a feed store, and they had a delivery to make that day. So before the hot summer sun climbed too high in the cloudless blue sky, the men loaded up the flatbed of Tito’s pickup truck and set out for Nazca, some 50 kilometers (30 miles) to the north.
(Editor’s Note: In Peru, as in other countries of the southern hemisphere, February is a summer month.)
With the truck’s windows rolled all the way down, hoping to catch a breeze off the Pacific Ocean, Tito and Adolfo drove north on the Pan-American Highway. On both sides of the road, a monocolor landscape of brown sand and jagged rocks met their gaze, with the rugged cordillera rising on their right.
As they were crossing the desolate Pampa Carbonera south of Nazca, the truck’s radio, which had been tuned to a station in Arequipa, began to act up. The Latino music faded in and out. Bursts of static obliterated the music. Finally, the radio started emitting just static, and then it went silent.
“Not again!” Tito said, and he thumped the dashboard with his right fist.
“Maybe it’s the antenna,” Adolfo suggested.
Suddenly, the pickup truck’s engine began missing on all cylinders.
“Now, what!?” Tito swore, stepping down hard on the gas pedal.
The engine raced, but the truck didn’t respond. Swiveling the stickshift, Tito tried for a lower gear. The engine continued to sputter and cough. Finally, it quit completely, and Tito coasted over to the sandy shoulder of the highway.
“It might be the gas filter,” Adolfo said, as they left the truck’s cab.
“I think it’s the battery,” Tito replied, “The radio is out. So is the door light. I hope it’s a bad connection.”
“Why do you say that?”
“Because if we need water, we’ve got enough,” Tito said, gesturing at the leather bota (water jug–J.T.) dangling from the gunrack. But it will take all day and all night if it has to recharge by itself.”
Lifting the hood (bonnet in UK–J.T.), Tito licked his thumb and pinky finger and touched the battery’s terminals. He let out a fierce yelp.
“Madre de Dios!” He shook his hand ginerly. “That wasn’t the problem.”
Adolfo, who had been looking toward the rugged quebradas of the coast range, pointed suddenly. “Look!”
“Look at what?” the driver replied.
“Out there on the pampa.” Adolfo squinted against the morning sun’s glare. “I think it’s a car.”
“A car!? Out there!?” Exasperated, Tito turned to that direction. “You’re seeing things. There’s no way a car could have driven…”
Tito let the rest trail off. He had seen it, too. A silvery gleam in the midst of the dwarf sand dunes. Shading his eyes, he added, “You’re right. There’s something out there. What the hell is that!?”
“Let’s find out,” Adolfo said, slip-sliding down the highway embankment, kicking up a miniature avalanche of pebbles and sand.
The two feed dealers hiked across the desert. As they closed in on the spot, the sun dazzle lessned, becoming a shiny gleam on the mirror-like silver surface of a large disc.
Excitement had Adolfo’s heart pounding. “Caramba! Un disco volante!”
It was a flying saucer, all right. What ufologists call “a daylight disc.” The object rested on a tricycle landing gear. There was no sign of any lights, windows or openings. Later they described the craft as 15 meters (50 feet) long and four meters (13 feet) high. Its surface was so highly polished that their gaze rebounded painfully from the sun’s reflection.
At that moment, to add to their surprise, the craft’s occupant rounded the front of the saucer. Adolfo described the alien as “a man of average height, wearing green clothes under a transparent space suit.”
Instantly Tito and Adolfo began running towards the saucer. They hurried “to the place to greet the strange visitor. But as soon as he saw them, he stopped his inspection of the pampa and took off.”
“The saucer rose into the air with a shrill metallic whine, a sound familiar to the people who live in the area, which would seem to indicate that the pampa is a landing field for extraterrestrials.”
Tito and Adolfo watched as the disc rose into the sky at a nearly vertical angle and disappeared. After it was gone, they returned to the truck. On impulse, Tito put the key in the ignition, pumped the gas pedal and switched on.
The truck’s engine responded without hesitation. The Arequipa radio station came back loud and clear.
The Tito Rojas/Adolfo Penafiel case was the first of Peru’s great UFO flap of the early 1970s. Before it was over, Peruvian ufologists “counted two hundred and fourteen (214) ‘reliable’ sightings in 1973. In more than ninety (90) percent of them, the saucers were piloted by beings who seemed human except for their size and the color of their skin. In eighteen (18) cases, the pilots appeared to be robots.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Isla de Lobos is a small island a few miles off the Uruguayan coast, just where the River Plate meets the Atlantic Ocean. Its name means literally “island of the fur seals”, as these animals roam freely, and it is a lonely place where the only outstanding feature is the lighthouse.
The maintenance of this lighthouse is the responsibility of the Navy, and for that purpose a small garrison of 4 or 5 men is kept on the island. Their main task is to attend to the electric generators, as the actual operation of the beam is automatic. It is a routine and non-stressing job, and the tours of duty are 15 days in and 15 days out.
On the night of October 28, 1972, there were five men at the house which serves as headquarters for the Navy personnel: the witness, Corporal Juan Fuentes Figueroa; two enlisted men, Jose Gomez and Hector Gimenez; a telegraph operator, Jose Lima; and the sub-officer in charge, Francisco Cascudo.
After dinner, the men sat around the table for a while, talking and playing cards, until at 10:10 PM it was time for Corporal Fuentes to inspect the generators, which are located at the base of the lighthouse proper.
The lighthouse is a 66-meter-high tower sitting at the center of a large building which contains the electric generators, the telegraph office and other dependencies. The top of this building is a flat terrace, which is about 6 meters above the adjacent terrain . The house where the garrison lives is at a distance of 45 meters from the lighthouse.
As soon as Cpt. Fuentes started to walk toward the lighthouse, he noticed on top of the terrace some lights that shouldn’t be there. In fact, he thought first of a car, a complete impossibility, and his reaction was to return to the house and procure a pistol that he had in his room.
To do this, he didn’t have to pass through the kitchen where the other men were, so he didn’t speak to them. As will be discussed later, this behavior is typical of the personality of the witness.
Carrying the pistol, he went outside again and started walking decisively but not fast toward the lighthouse, meanwhile removing the safety from the gun and cocking it. As he advanced, he noted that the object had several lights: some white, some yellowish, and a third color that he describes as violet, as in the “rainbow”.
Those lights were sufficient to allow him a good view, and he saw that a figure was next to the object and that a second was in the process of descending.
A third and taller figure started to descend almost at once, but at the same moment, the initial two figures noticed Fuentes progressing toward them. They had what appeared to Fuentes as a moment of communication, and all three of them faced him.
By that time, Fuentes was at about 27 meters from the object, which, we will recall, was on the top of a 6-meter terrace. Hence, the object was above him, and he started to raise his extended arm to shoot. He was never to complete his motion, as the entities prevented him, from doing so.
Fuente, a man of limited education, tried in vain to explain to the investigators how this was accomplished. It was not telepathy, and he felt some physical effects, like a “vibration” and his hair standing on end; but more than anything else it was like a premonition, in his words like: “Don’t shoot because it is useless”. At any rate, he felt paralyzed and confused, and was unable to shoot.
The action continued rather fast: the entities reentered their craft, the tallest one first. Although Fuentes did not see steps or a handrail, he could see quite well the motion of the figures against the lights of the object, outlined by the light coming out through the open door.
He is certain that there were steps, as while the entities were climbing up with their backs toward the witness, their motions were like those of a person pulling himself up with handrails.
The door closed sideways, and the craft started to move straight up, emitting a humming sound until it reached about 45 meters, as judged by the adjacent lighthouse tower. It then tilted, belched a blinding fireball from the bottom, and disappeared in silence at a tremendous speed toward the southeast.
The witness returned to the house, where the other men noticed him white as a paper and still with a gun in hand. When he said that he had seen a flying saucer, he was not believed, except perhaps by Sub-Officer Cascudo.
Corporal Fuentes was rather upset that his equals and his immediate superiors were dubious of his story, and was planning when he returned to Montevideo to go to one of the leading newspapers and make his experience public. However, before this was accomplished, he was ordered to report to a higher ranking officer, who carefully listened to what Fuentes had to say. He then disappeared into an office in which two members of the personnel of the American Embassy had been waiting.
According to Fuentes, they were officers of the “Spatial Affair Service”, (sic) and their presence in the Command Offices was not unusual. Fuentes was left waiting in the corridor, and after a while someone came out and offered him some drawings for inspection and asked him to select the one closest to what hi has seen.
He did so and was dismissed. He never talked directly to the Americans, but from the conversation overheard through the door, he concluded that they were surprised at the short distance of Fuente’s observation. And I am amazed at the continuous interest shown by American Embassies in collecting information about a phenomenon that we have been told many times does not exist…
Craft and Entities-
While the whole incident lasted about one minute, Corporal Fuentes had the object in direct view for more than about 15 seconds. It was well illuminated by its own lights, and it was fortuitous that the external lights usually illuminating the exterior of the installations were not in operation that night.
If the floodlights had been on, they would have prevented a clear view by the witness, even blinding him at the location of the observation. As things turned out, he observed the entities in the background light of their own craft, and even if this prevented him from seeing facial details, for example, their outline and motions were quite evident.
When Corporal Fuentes started to walk toward the lighthouse, the first entity was already on the terrace, while the second was alighting from the craft. These two entities were about 1.50 m. (5 ft), while the third one, the last to descend, was 1.75-1.80 m. (6 ft).
Thus, their heights were within the normal human limits . Their silhouettes were dark, as if they were wearing heavy black rubber suits. The witness attributed their slow and deliberate motions to the weight of their suits, and thinks that his presence surprised the strangers at the beginning of an operation never to be completed. Their descent from the craft was done backwards, as if using a ladder not seen by the witness.
Likewise, when they climbed back into the object, their motions were those of a person pulling himself up using handrails.
The most distinctive feature of the entities, clearly noticeable in the profile view that they offered to the witness, was the elongated shape of the back o their heads. It is not clear if this corresponds to the heads themselves, or it is was the result of some type of hood or garment.
The craft itself had the shape of an inverted bowl, with a diameter of between 4 and 5 meters. It had a dome on top and a rectangular aperture or door, used by the entities to descend (Fig. 3).
It also had legs, which the witness saw clearly during the first stage of the departure. as the craft was slowly gaining altitude. Those legs did not fold like the landing gear of a plane, but retracted telescopically.
The surface of the craft was undoubtedly metallic, with a somewhat reddish color that Fuentes compared to mahogany. The most distinctive feature of the object was the antenna that topped it, shaped like a corkscrew and rotating.
The lights have already been described, and it only is necessary to add that they seemed to Fuentes like “little squares”, moving and flashing like “an advertising sign”.
This is a single witness sighting, and yet it has become the best case coming from Uruguay due to the in-depth investigation done by the members of C.I.O.V.I.. This paper is based on the information contained in their report on this case. (Ref.1).
The first stage of the investigation consisted of two lengthy interviews with the witness in his own home. The two interviews were recorded, and the transcripts do not reveal any discrepancies in the narrative.
This was followed by an “in situ” reconstruction of the events. with the participation of the witness. Sub-officer Cascudo, present on the island that night, verified that the initial version by Corporal Fuentes was similar to the subsequent descriptions relayed later to the investigating team.
Sub-officer Cascudo, as well as other superiors of Corporal Fuentes, described him as a “simple and honest man, incapable of inventing a story of this nature”.
But indeed the most fascinating part of the CIOVI investigation was to request the assistance of a professional and to submit the witness to a battery of psychological tests that extended over a total of 9 hours, and that included, among others, Raven, Bender, Rorschach and PMK.
The result of those various tests dwell on positive and negative aspects of the personality of the witness, but when analyzed in the light of the narrative presented by Corporal Fuentes, they complement each other and tend to lend credibility to the story.
In what follows, the key elements of the psychological evaluation will be indicated with quotation marks, interspace with comments on how they relate to the particular facets of the case.
First of all, the witness is described as “sincere, uncomplicated and simple”. He expresses what for him is the truth, and he does that in a straighrforward manner, with no cultural burden distiring what he has to say.
The witness “has no tendency to fabrication or fantasy”, which if existing would damage his credibility. Moreover, he has “less that average intellectual capacity”, to which the psychologist adds that he “lacks an average imagination” and “has a remarkably poor knowledge of what is going on in the social environment”.
All of these are pluses from the viewpoint of the credibility of the witness, and negate the possibility of him having created the whole story. And in fact, the investigators were able to determine that the ufological knowledge of the witness was practically non-existent.
From the emotional viewpoint, the witness is typified as “insecure, prompt to react anxiously and even aggressively” to an unexpected situation. That is exactly what the witness did when confronted with the impossible presence of a car on the terrace: his first reaction was to arm himself, although he could not explain later to the investigators what he intended to do with the gun.
But he was following his training, and thus bolstered his confidence.
Another result of the psychological tests is that the witness has “a balanced psychic personality”, and it is “unlikely that he would confabulate by himself, unless an external event would upset him”.
To summarize, his poor intellectual capacity and lack of imagination did not allow him to reason what was best to do when confronted with the unexpected, and instead of firing his gun or alerting his companions, he failed to do either, remaining paralyzed and confused.
When he returned to the house, the other men noticed his trembling voice and his pale color, so there is no question that an external stimulus affected him deeply.
The conclusion, then, is that the psychology and personality of the witness are such that his reactions and behavior under the circumstances are totally compatible. Therefore, the probability that the witness is telling the truth is very great.
Of course, there is always an uncertainty about what percentage of the description of the witness corresponds to the physical reality of the object and the entities, but we can assert that in fact that Isla de Lobos is a remote place, moreover, a restricted area with difficult access, controlled by the Uruguayan Navy, and where no conventional explanations are viable, the inescapable conclusion is that this case is, using Dr. Maccabee’s coined word, a TRUFO. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
This is just one of many cases which my group (Nuclear Connection Project) has listed under nuclear connection. We have found about 200 such incidents. Not only that, but this event occurred during one of the most intense sighting waves in history.
On March 5, 1967, Air Defense Command radar tracked an unidentified target descending over the Minuteman missile silos of the 91st Strategic Missile Wing at Minot AFB, ND. Base security teams quickly converged on the area and saw a metallic, disc-shaped craft ringed with bright, flashing lights moving slowly. The disc stopped and hovered about 500 feet (150 meters) off the ground, as security police held their fire and watched in awe.
Suddenly the object began moving again and circled directly over the launch control facility.
F-106 fighter-interceptors were standing by on the flight line, waiting impatiently for an order from NORAD to scramble. When the or order was not fortthcoming, base operations decided on their own to scramble the interceptors. At that moment the UFO climbed straight up and streaked away at incredible speed.
Another civilian representative assigned to Grand Forks AFB, North Dakota, told me that an Air Force major friend of his got a good close look at a completely unconventional craft maneuvering in the area between the air base and missile site. As he got out of his car and approached it, it took off at tremendous speed. Superiors ordered him not to talk about the incident.
On March 5, 1967, just 15 days prior to the Malmstrom AFB incident, the 91St Strategic Missile Wing at a sister base also had an unwelcome visitor. Aerospace Defense Command radar tracked an unknown target descending over the Minuteman missile installations at Minot AFB, North Dakota. strike teams were alerted and sighted a metallic disc- shaped craft ringed with bright flashing lights moving slowly over the supersensitive area.
Three armed teams in fast trucks pursued the alien vehicle as it maneuvered and finally stopped and hovered 500 feet off the ground. The strike teams held their fire. They had orders to capture it undamaged if it should land.
Then abruptly it began moving once again and circling directly over a launch control facility.
Back at Minot, F-106 fighter planes were awaiting orders from the North American Air Defense Command to launch an attack. Base operations became impatient and had just decided to scramble the jets without confirmation. Suddenly the UFO climbed straight up and streaked away at incredible speed.
SW. of Minot ND. An MP. got a call to one of the missle silos. The Sargent on duty took two other men with him. He told me that they had come over to see a UFO over the silo. The guards at the silo were like statues. the locks on the gates were open, and gates open. The sargent had contact with the officers down in the silo. They were very upset, it seems that the missile had been armed and unlocked in launch mod, and that the warhead was armed. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
10-15-1972-California – My date and times are approximate. I was assigned as a Police Helicopter Observer with the Pasadena Police Department and flying night patrol.
The pilot was Pat Spafford. In the northeast area of Pasadena, very close to the foothills, we observed what appeared to be a Military Sikorsky helicopter hovering very low over a residential area.
The helicopter was turning its landing light off and on. As we got closer, it gained elevation and started heading westbound. Being curious we started to follow it. We were approximately at 1,000 ft. AGL.
The military helicopter then appeared to lose altitude quickly as if it was going into auto rotation.
Then about 300 meters past it, we saw what first appeared to be a large object looking like bunch of big balloons tied together. The object was going at our exact airspeed, which was about 60 mph. The object was round and appeared to be rotating.
I saw no lights on it. Pat began yelling over the intercom that he was seeing a UFO. I immediately shut off our running lights so I could activate our “night star” search light. The running lights were shut off because there would be too many amps going through the system with all the lights on and pop a breaker.
Shutting off the running lights to power up the searchlight was S.O.P. (Standard Operating Procedure).
Pat questioned what I was doing, and when I told him I was going to “light it up”, he said, “No,” and turned the running lights back on. We had a short argument about doing this or not, but he got the final word because he was the pilot.
We watched the object for a few minutes and it flew abeam us going west. We then noticed that there was some fog coming in the L. A. basin, which was a signal for us to fly back to Bracket Field in Pomona, where we hangared the helicopter so as not to get caught in the fog.
As we approached the west end of the city near the Rose Bowl, this object gained speed and in just a few seconds accelerated towards the L. A. skyline and disappeared out of sight. The speed it went was faster than supersonic. We were both amazed at how fast it accelerated.
We came back to the hangar and immediately started making calls. Pat called LAX to see if they had any such object on their radar. He got a “negative” from them. I called JPL in Pasadena to see if they had any kind of experiment going on and they said no.
I was taken back by the response I got from them because the person I spoke to sounded like this was an everyday occurrence. We both wrote an incident report and turned it in.
I kept this to myself until one day, about 2 weeks later, the Police Chief saw me in the hallway and yelled, “Hey Al, did you see any more giant Frisbees?”
Since that time I have told this story to people but never made a big deal about it. I also never found out if anyone forwarded that report or investigated it further. I left the PD in 1979 to join the San Luis Obispo County Sheriff’s Dept.
Just thought I would tell this story to someone who would enjoy hearing it. Pat Spaffor passed away some time ago, but I’m sure there are plenty of people that will remember that story from the old days. I have attached a picture of myself with Pat Spafford taken around the time this happened.
An airline DC-8 cargo flight was en route from St. Louis to Dallas on February 14, 1973, at about 2:30 a.m.
At a point near McAlester, Oklahoma, the copilot noticed what he first thought was another aircraft just below the leading edge of the right wing about 5,000 feet (1,500 meters) away.
The object was on the same course and speed, keeping a constant position. Only its steady amber light seemed unconventional.
Suddenly the object rose straight up like an elevator, made a sharp turn and approached the plane, taking up a position about 300 yards (270 meters) away and slightly above them.
It was disc-shaped with a transparent dome on top, its silvery, highly polished surface reflecting the moonlight. Besides some stubby protrusions no other features were visible.
The captain switched on the weather radar and it confirmed that something real and solid was there. When the radar beam hit its surface, the object reacted immediately, ascending straight up, then moving sideways over the DC-8 and briefly out of sight.
The object reappeared quickly, descending straight down and taking up a new position just below the leading edge of their left wing. It then dropped below and behind the plane, abruptly reappearing only about 300 feet (90 meters) below them.
Looking down into the dimly lit dome, the pilots saw two or three shadowy entities moving around. The object then darted out in front, performed various oscillatory motions and another sharp (noninertial) turn before speeding out of sight.
It disappeared off the radar scope at a distance of 50 miles (80 km).16 NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Houston, TX 1973. One of the few UFO encounter cases which also involved animal mutilation occurred in May, 1973, and involved four women. Judy Doraty, her daughter Cindy, Judy’s mother and sister-in-law would have the most terrifying experience of their lives.
After playing Bingo in Houston, the four women were returning to Judy’s home town of Texas City, but first going by Alto Loma to drop off Judy’s sister and brother-in-law.
After dropping off the two in Alto Loma, the remaining four saw a strange light, which seemed to be hovering in the night sky. The sight was intriguing enough that the four women stopped, and got out of the car to get a clearer look at the source of the light. They watched in awe until the light disappeared. They then resumed their trip to Texas City.
Eventually, Judy began to suffer from extreme headaches and anxiety. After being seen and dismissed by several doctors, she was referred to well-known Ufologist and hypnotist Dr. Leo Sprinkle. Sprinkle’s previous experience with the UFO enigma led him to recommend hypnosis as a way to relieve Judy of her emotional trauma. There can be little doubt that Sprinkle suspected an abduction from the beginning.
Under hypnosis, it was revealed that Judy had apparently been abducted aboard an extra-terrestrial spacecraft. Judy went on in detail, describing how a cow was taken up into the craft and methodically mutilated by two “small entities.” During the hypnotic regression, Judy described the unusual sensation of being in two places at once. She said that she was still standing beside her car after they stopped to watch the strange light in the sky.
However, Judy also said that at the same time, she was in a strange chamber watching the gruesome experiment unfolding before her eyes. Footage of this regression was included in Linda Moulton-Howe’s award-winning documentary “Strange Harvests.”
In a 1989 interview on 21st Century Radio, Linda Howe divulged what had been learned from the experience of Judy Doraty:
“Judy described . . . in a pale beam of yellow light, a small brown and white calf being taken up into a craft. Then, in an extraordinary way, [Judy) was inside the craft, and she watches the calf have pieces of it excised: the tongue, the sex organs, the eyes…?”
Some of Sprinkle’s hypnosis session is included below:
Sprinkle asks, “Is there anyone around you?” There was this long, almost forty-five-second pause, and then she said: “two little men.”
“[The two beings) were about three and a half to four feet tall; grey creatures with large egg-shaped heads.”
“It’s like a spotlight shining down on the back of my car. And it’s like it has substance to it. I can see an animal being taken up in this. I can see it squirming and trying to get free. And it’s like it’s being sucked up.”
She then went on to mention seeing her daughter Cindy on an ‘operating’ table.
She went on:
“They don’t listen, they just ignore me….go about their work as if it’s nothing. They don’t seem to have any emotions. They don’t seem to care. They just take some samples from her…”
It would be a number of years later when Judy’s daughter Cindy would also undergo regressive hypnosis. Her session only corroborated her mother’s.
Statement by Judy Doraty on February 01, 2003 at 19:48:28:
First I must say there is no doubt that abductions exist. My abduction took place in 1973. There were 16 eye witnesses to the craft, though not all remember an abduction. My daughter who was 14 at the time and myself. This was first reported to Ellington airforce base in Texas, who denied anything was on radar at the time. Our abduction was also returning from a bingo game in Houston, to our home in Texas City, first going by Alta Loma to drop off sister and brother in law.
There was another sighting of three people coming from a bingo game in Houston that got burned by the effects of the sighting. Our sighting was almost a year before theirs. So much happened that night I would not attempt to go in detail, we were all changed and have never been the same since. We were first ridiculed so much by others who were not present (family mostly) I did not talk about it for a few years.
Then my husband returned home from Viet Nam and we were stationed in Yuma, AZ. I somehow heard about APRO. I called them and told them about my sighting and the very next day, a Mr. Daugherty and his wife and a doctor. who had experience in hypnosis named Rose Tennant came to my house and spent the entire day going over what happened.
Dr. Tenant regressed me and a few details came out or shall I say surfaced. I had been having terrible migraines, and just the amount of surfacing relieved much. I know I remembered a formula that was given to me by the small gray alien. I think that is what caused a lot of problems. I did not say anything to anyone else as I was still gun-shy and afraid of ridicule.
A few years later I got a call from a lady Named Linda Howe. We talked a long time her trying to convince me I needed to be regressed again for a TV documentary she was doing called the Strange Harvest.
For some reason I began to trust her as she convinced me she believed what I was saying.
And as all abductees know this is one of the most important things to help one get on with their life. In my abduction I witnessed a small calf being transported in a LARGE CRAFT. At that time I somehow was teleported or astroprojected or something, as I was in the craft seeing what was going on as well as standing by my car I had gotten out of to see what the huge light was that had been pacing our car for about twenty miles or so. Anyway I allowed a DR. Leo Sprinkle from the University of Wyoming to do his regression.
It was about a three hour regression, I fulfilled MS. Howe’s agenda she got an Emma for her documentary, but I was left with all the information in my head that still needed syphoning. I asked her to help me write a book to be able to tell the amazing things that I was told and shown. She agreed and then kept putting it off.
Both her and Dr. Sprinkle used my case for their own agenda and had little else to say to me. I guess I am trying to warn all of you to be careful who you trust. My main concern was I always wanted my abduction to be presented in a way that it would not be construed as a crazy woman venting her boredom.
So again I pulled myself in a shell and talked to no one. I was contacted by Sightings to do a follow up and I called Linda Howe she told me it would make the story unbelievable to the average person and I should not do it, so I turned them down. Later I learned she a a rift with Mr. Wrinklier and that was the only reason she did not want me to be on the show.
Then about ten years ago I was told by someone in the UFO community who was familiar with my case that Ms. Howe had gone to Kirkland airforce base was warned to keep my mouth shut but Ms. Howe never told this to me. She told a ufologist who called me. In other words the government did not want me to say anything about a formula I was given.
I became frightened and this is the first time I have shared anything. I hope some one reads this that will contact me and give me advice or help as the abduction is 30 years old, I am 63 and before I die I would love to know what many already know, and why they do not want my story told…thanks for listening. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Hi Ken : It was the early hours of the morning and I was outside in the pitch black sky watching when I spotted some bizarre looking red luminous lines that were moving across the sky in a peculiar manner rocking back and forth. As I observed them they turned and headed back in my direction as if they could feel my gaze instantly becoming aware of my presence. There was no sound just a static like feeling that I felt as they past directly overhead. I immediately took some photographs of them with my Sony HX-300 camera and watched as they then flew off in to the sky and disappeared from view. I had witnessed this strange red luminous line phenomena once before about three years ago in fact and at the time I was unable to photograph them as the camera simply refused to work which was very unusual as the battery had been fully charged. By the time I had ran inside the house to retrieve a second camera the phenomena had gone. This time was different though I was able to capture the red luminous lines phenomena in two photographs and I would really like to know if anyone else in the area saw this as it was quite low in the sky. If you did please email me at JohnMoonerfirstname.lastname@example.org thank you. The photographs were taken at 3:18 AM on the 15th of September 2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. A lot of you have probably seen my report of a UFO above the Queen Mary 2 Cruise Ship on Devon Live news site. They have been saying that I photographed a drone… this is complete and utter nonsense. They are trying to discredit me. Take no notice of them and their filthy rotten lies. It was not a drone it was a real extraterrestrial vehicle that I witnessed and photographed that day. End of story. All the best John.
THE OBSERVATION: The event began as Vanea went into the kitchen (located at N end of the mobile home) to place a baby bottle in the refrigerator, which is located by the N window and that window was open at the time. Vanea heard a rather loud ( it could be heard over the record player in the living room ) thrashing sound in the direction of scattered trees some 80 feet N of the window. At this point she could see nothing in the dark, wooded area. As she listened at the window the sound seemed to be moving around a large tree .
As the sound persisted she became rather frightened and called to her father to come to the window. Mr. Richard’s and Jamie were sitting in the living room. Richards stated that as it was late, he was tired and was slow going to the window. Vanea ran to the screened porch at the front of the home and locked the outside screen door and the front door.
By this time Richards had reached the window and was looking from the left side of the window toward the N-NE. Vanea took up a position on the right side of the window and was looking toward the trees . As he watched, Mr. Richards noted two beams of light which were located at a point between a fence and the trees.
The light beams would have been about 50 feet from the window. The beams were tapered, wide at the top, about four feet wide, tapering to about two feet at the ground. They were some five feet apart at the top. The beams were bright and silver-white in color. He could not see any form above or behind the beams.
Suddenly, the beams disappeared, faded out rapidly, and a bright oval form was seen just above the original position of the beams.
Richards and Vanea estimated the glowing form to be twelve to fifteen feet in diameter and very near the ground. The object was described as extremely bright ( Richards had to turn his eyes away briefly ) and silver-white in color.
The edges were fuzzy and no surface details were visible. The glow did not fade or brighten during the observation. The trees around the form, to the left and right, were quite visible in the glow. The area was “lit up bright as day.” No sound could be heard other than the thrashing noise in the trees and grass.
No other forms were seen. They noted that the trees were moving back and forth as though blown by a strong wind. ( wind speed was 5 knots-no storms in area ) Tree A showed a different motion… it was described by Vanea as a “tugging” motion. It seemed that something was pulling that one tree toward the ground.
Shortly after the form was visible the thrashing noise ceased. The tugging motion on tree A was still evident. Mr. Richards and Vanea heard a loud cracking sound and the tugging motion stopped. It was his tree which was damaged…the following morning a large limb was found broken at a point 17 feet above the ground.
The area was very quiet now: Richards moved to the various windows around the trailer. It was at this time that he noticed his dogs lying very still between the trailer and a shed nearby to the W. He told me the dogs were normally barking during the night at the various night animals in the area.
It seemed very strange to him that his dogs were not barking at all this noise and bright lights.(the dogs are large security animals and not easily frightened) Richards then went to the bedroom at the S end of the trailer to get his guns.
He brought the guns to the kitchen, removed several shells from a cabinet, loaded the guns and placed them on a deep freeze by the N window. He joined Vanea at the window once again and noted that the object was still there in the same position. The light from the glowing form illuminated trees as far away as 100 feet.
At this close position(about 50 feet) it was silver-white or aluminum in color, no other colors were visible. Mr. Richards said, It was real, real bright at the center, dull white at the edges, way beyond a normal light(such as an automobile headlight at the same distance) in brightness. Of the brightness vanea said, It was bright, but it didn’t hurt my eyes.
After the form had remained in this same position for several minutes Richards decided to call for help. The object suddenly began to move away toward the N, passing below tree limbs through an open area some 20 feet wide. It moved parallel to the ground until it reached the edge of a field and then raised slightly and hovered some 200 feet away from the house.
At this point it was not as bright and they could see it was silver-white at the center with a blue band of light and an orange glow extending around the outer edge. It was still low enough to be below a line of trees at the N edge of the field. When it was at this far point, Richards said,
The color, it was something to behold, I’m telling you, it was, really. The object moved about 10 degrees to the W, stopped briefly and moved back to its original position over the field. The motion was smooth and slow.
While the object was some distance away Richards dialed 113 for directory assistance. Mrs. A.P. took the call and later told me that Richards was very excited and seemed to be frightened as he described the event. He told her that he needed help and asked her to contact the police, the FBI, or anyone who could help him.
After about one minute she told him she would contact an operator and have her call him back. As he talked with Mrs. P., the house lights dimmed twice.
He hung up and returned to the window. While Richards and Vanea were watching the object, Mrs. P. contacted Mrs. L.M. and gave her the phone number. Mrs. M. immediately dialed the number, there was no busy signal, no ring-nothing-in her opinion, the Richards line was dead.
She tried dialing the number five times, pausing after the third try to contact Mrs.P. to be sure she had the right number. She did. After the fifth try(she stated it would have taken perhaps three minutes to dial five times, waiting briefly after each dial and contacting Mr. P. she did not get through.
During this time Richards was quite concerned as no one had called back, so he picked up the receiver to call out again. Over his end of the line he could hear no sound, no busy signal. He tried again and again, suddenly, as he recalls, Mrs. M. was on the line saying – Richards? and he answered-Jefferson City?
Richards then told Mrs. M. what had been happening and that he was frightened for his children.
Mrs. M. thought ( she could not be sure ) that she contacted the Richards home at about 0045. To her best recollection, he repeated his story over and over, pausing to ask Vane if it was still there and what it was doing.
Both operators felt that Richards was sober and telling the truth. After what seemed to be several minutes(she couldn’t be sure of the time line) Mrs. M. contacted the Flight Service Station ( FAA ) at the Columbia Regional Airport. Mrs. H.S. was on duty at the time, Mrs. S. stated that Richards sounded sincere and sober. He seemed to be frightened as he described the event.
After several minutes Mrs. S. told Richards that there had been another sighting on June 24th at Jefferson City. She then told him that she would contact the police for him and they hung up.
The object was again moving toward the home and Richards became very frightened. Richards stated, It came back and we had it, I’ll tell you. we didn’t know what to do, we both got kinda scared.
I said, what’s gonna happen? Something’s gonna happen here. This cold feeling came over me, I got speechless at this time. I just had this cold feeling when it came back that second time. I was just sure, like you almost feel that you were gonna get killed or something. Like death was at you, this was it. I didn’t know what to do, I just froze.
I just knew this was it and no one would come, no policemen. I was scared to go out the door, I wouldn’t have gone outside, no way.
The object moved through the trees to a point near in the trees near its original position 50 feet away from the window. It remained there for an undetermined period of time. It suddenly moved away, through the trees toward the field. It move with a smooth, slow motion, no sound. Richards noted that the trees did not move during the second close approach and there was no thrashing sound.
As the object reached a point at the near edge of the field it raised slightly until it reached a point over the field some 200 feet away. it hovered and no motion could be seen.
It was still below the tree line to the N. The orange and blue bands could be seen again, it was silver-white at the center. The glow seemed to shrink, even though it was getting smaller the orange and blue bands were visible until it just disappeared by growing smaller and smaller.
It does not appear likely it was growing smaller because it was moving away into the distance as no motion could be seen and it would have hit the trees to the N had it flown away. After the glow had faded out the object was not seen again.
At about 0145 the police arrived, one young officer walked to the area with Richards and looked around briefly. He told Richards that there were some tracks but they looked like they were made by rabbits. Richards told him to forget the whole thing and he returned to the trailer, followed by the officer.
He told the officer if he thought they were rabbit tracks he should forget the whole thing. It is very possible the officer didn’t see the deep imprints. They did not see the broken limb at that time. Richards called the Flight Service Station after the object had disappeared and Mrs. S. stated that he seemed relieved that he could talk with someone about the event.
THE SITE: July 9, 1973… my wife and I interviewed the witnesses and investigated the area on our way to Chicago. Allen Hynek had invited us for a visit and to meet jazz drummer Buddy Rich ( I being a drummer and had mentioned to Allen that Buddy was my favorite on the planet ) Buddy had a sighting and had contacted Allen a week earlier and was playing in Chicago for a week.
I spent most of the time obtaining measurements and taking photographs of the site. The imprints and damage to trees is located in an area of scattered trees N of the trailer. A fence is located 25 feet from the window and the first imprint was found some 50.5 feet beyond the fence.
This seemed to be a series of imprints rather than just one. The imprints at this point number 4, they were 0.5 feet by 0.4 feet with a depth of 0.2 to 0.3 feet. This first set of imprints are 9.5 feet from a large broken tree limb. This limb is 0.4 feet in diameter and was still attached to the tree trunk.
It appeared to have been twisted and pulled toward the ground. The limb was broken at a point 16.5 feet above the ground. two smaller limbs, each 0.1 feet in diameter, located on the larger limb, were broken off.
A small limb 17.0 feet above the ground and extending from the tree trunk at the point of the break, shows signs of being rubbed. All the breaks are fresh. Leaves in the area above the path taken by the object to and from the field, but especially over the point where it had hovered are dying.
There are signs of heating three limbs on tree B had leaves that are brown, these are 25 to 35 feet above the ground. To the North of the first imprints ( along the objects reported path ) we found a complex series of imprints.
It is difficult to determine a pattern as the object moved through this area four times, coming in an going out. Bob Gassaway, a reporter for the Columbia Tribune, visited the area the day after the sighting. He told me that he tried to make a heel mark by one of the imprints and although he weighs over 300 pounds, he could force his heel to a depth of only 1/2 inch.
As the imprints are generally 0.5 by 0.4 feet with a depth of 0.3 feet, we must assume a weight on each imprint much above 300 pounds ( rabbits? ). There were no marks in the field and no radiation could be detected. Plaster casts were taken and the imprints outlined with flour for photographs.
When we arrived in Chicago I processed the film at the Northwestern University darkroom. We described the event with the photographs and Buddy and Allen both planned to go back with us, Allen made it but Buddy couldn’t get around a schedule. Buddy and I discussed cases many times after this.
On July 14th we returned with J. Allen. The leaves were all quite dead & the limbs were barren over the area. NOTE: The top image is CGI.
A reputable witness: “We were over at my mother-in-law’s in Mt. Carmel, and that’s about 11 miles from Princeton where I live, and it was evening and there was a storm coming up and we got upset over there. We had some bad experiences. A tree blew down and we decided to leave.
We stopped at a filling station and got some gas and then we proceeded on to Princeton through the (Wabash River) bottoms and a, (of) course this was the time about when they were building PSI (the Public Service Indiana power plant) on the right hand side of the road.
“And we saw what appeared (now it was dark) to be a couple of headlites. Well, we assumed they were maybe a temperature inversion, but then we got to thinking that during a thunderstorm or rainstorm you’re not going to have a temperature inversion, it’s going to be kinda stirred up. But directly in line with this was Owensville Rd. We thought maybe they might be headlites bouncing off of low clouds. These (lights) were up in the air.
“Our angle of perspective changed as we approached it. So we found out it was above the trees. The lightning caught up with us about this time and a pretty-good-sized bolt was behind it and we got it illuminated all around us and we saw what we appeared to be a saucer. Kinda weird, but the whole family witnessed it and nothing was said until we got home.
“What surprised me, of course, we thought it was a car because it was the same spectral response that you’d have (received) from headlights, you know, the infra-red region, HEAVY in the infra-red. As we got closer to it, before the lightning struck, we saw what looked like clearance lights, one on each side of it. Later on it proved to be four, of whatever the light was, dotted around the cupola.
And beneath it was a super-dark cone which apexed below the tree level. And this thing (the cone) didn’t appear to be solid, the cone that came down to the ground or whatever it went down to. It was sort of wide at the bottom of the saucer and evidently went to a point which would have been the opposite of a flashlight beam. And, ah, we kinda got a shock over it.
“I’d done a little snooping around during some rainstorms seeing if we could see it again, my oldest boy and I, back in where we thought it was in the woods. “As you come outside of Mt. Carmel and are proceeding towards Princeton, you’ll find a large woods with a bunch of little spots where they’ve cut out to plant popcorn, I think, and corn. And it was over one of these patches, in fact it was the exact location where this Cavanaugh girl was found.
“There is one thing. We’ve discussed this, the family and my oldest boy (he’s 15 now), this is a good topic for us, inter-family. Ah, if these were lights shining on out, I would think they were more outside, than in, because if there were anyone inside this thing they would have been almost blind because the lights, if these were portholes, I’m saying, they would have to be almost blind because the lights were almost the same illumination as car headlights, although we didn’t see any beams shooting out from them as you would on a car.
“But the cone beneath it seemed to be, well, what I’d seen in laser, except on a much grander scale, in a different light spectrum. Of course in a storm you’ll have heavy in ultra-violet, and ah, which could have made a red appear black, or any color would be off-color. Maybe there is something here in a beam, you know, like a laser. I think they (U.S. scientists) are doing experiments with green lasers that actually support objects. Why not?
“Another little injection here. It looked archaic, something out of Jules Verne, like a pickled metal, you know what I mean? When a piece of metal is heat-treated, pickled, a burnished silver color? It looked like this, well, you’d almost say you saw the rivets on the damned thing. Of course I didn’t see any rivets.
It was old-fashioned looking, not streamlined, (but) straight up and down, the cupola, with a little rolled edge on it. And ah, nothing ultra-modern that you would associate with space travel or something like this. I don’t really believe the damned thing came from outer space (laughing). I mean, it doesn’t ah, seem… “Usually there is an explanation, but this damned thing, there wasn’t any explanation for me (laughing again), you know, it was there, solid.
“The damned thing was sitting awfully still, to be…it moved in from the west, or let’s see, east, and then kinda stopped and started down. And so smooth and determined in its movements. It wasn’t being affected by the storm any. “I’d say about 30′ above the tree-level, five, six-hundred feet away, I’d imagine. I would estimate it about 30-40′ (wide). Of course, I’m not very good on judging distances or sizes of objects. I overestimated (driving) because I thought it was landing or going down into a field which was just on the other side of the woods is an open field.
So, I speeded up and went up there, and it had went down into the woods. So I had overshot my estimate there. We slowed down and watched it to almost a stop, I’d say three or four minutes. All the time we had good lighting from the lightning. Of course, I’d say it was ultra-violet, and this does make the colors…screws up the colors. It changes the shades heavy ultra-violet.
“The object was on a NW to SE track, descending.” Weather was stormy, sky overcast with thick clouds, light rain, and lightning. Temperature was warm. The strong wind was from the west. The initial observation was of headlights, low on the horizon, to an object at about 30-degree elevation. The car was a 1971 Chevrolet 4-door Impala, air conditioning was on, windows closed “until I purposely rolled them down to observe.
Realizing at this time it was a UFO, I turned on the radio, but did not hear any interference, nor did the engine stall, as I have read they did. At about 1,000′ from the object, it stopped its linear movement and hovered, until we were within 500′, then it descended very slowly into the woods.” NOTE: The above image is the witness rendering.
Hi Ken : I had gone to Teignmouth to photograph the Queen Mary 2 luxury cruise ship that was anchored just offshore there. I had found myself a nice place to sit down on the beach that was just opposite the ship. I had such a great vantage point from this position and I had just begun to take photographs with my Nikon P900 camera when a black unidentified object flew directly over the top of the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship and headed off towards Exmouth where I lost sight of it. I captured the unidentified object in two photographs. I looked around for a while to see if there were any other strange objects in the area but there was not. Now this is very strange as back on the 7th of July I captured an unidentified object right above the carnival magic cruise ship that was anchored near this area at hopes nose. I now believe that these objects are purposely following me around to all the places I visit. Furthermore it would seem that this phenomena is aware of where I am pointing my camera and is purposely flying in to frame where I can capture them in a photograph. This could be there way of disclosing their presents to mankind. We are definitely not a alone. The photographs were taken at 5:47 PM on the 8th of September 2020, at Teignmouth Devon England. All the Best John
SEPTEMBER 12, 2020 ………HOPES NOSE TORQUAY DEVON ENGLAND
Hi Ken hope your ok : I had gone to Hopes Nose to photograph the four cruise ships that were anchored just offshore there. I had been photographing the ships from different locations around the coast all week and I had captured some great shots of them. I had also captured many anomalous objects near the ships. One of these unidentified objects had flown directly over the top of the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship which I had managed to photograph. It was very strange. I had a great vantage point of the ships from where I was standing at Hopes Nose and I had just started to take photographs of two of the ships with my Nikon P900 Camera when I spotted an anomalous object near the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship just like before. Whatever the object was it seemed to be metallic in nature and the sun was reflecting off of the right side of it. The object flew down towards the ship and then stopped and hovered there for a couple of seconds before it just seemed to disappear into thin air. I was really stumped by this as it was far too large to be a drone and there was no sound at all. What the hell did I witness and where did it go? The photographs were taken at 5:10 PM on the 12th of September 2020, from Hopes Nose Torquay Devon England. All the best john.
SEPTEMBER 16, 2020 …….HOPES NOSE DEVON ENGLAND
Hi Ken : I went back to Hope’s Nose to take some more photographs of the three cruise ships that are anchored there just offshore but unfortunately the Queen Mary 2 cruise ship had left during the night and now only two cruise ships remain, Azura and Ventura which are owned by P & O cruises. I was using a different camera for a change and I really wanted to see if I could capture any more anomalous objects around the cruise ships using this particular camera. I focused my attention on the Ventura cruise ship and then started to take photographs when to my total surprise a black UFO flew down diagonally from the sky and entered into the sea. The UFO made no splash whatsoever as it made contact with the water nor was there any sound which was odd. This seems to be a common occurrence with these unidentified crafts whatever they are. This UFO was moving at a high rate of speed and I only managed to capture it in one photograph using the Nikon cool pix L26 camera as it is only single shot and does not have burst mode like my other cameras. The photograph shows the object just moments before it had past in front of the Ventura cruise ship and entered the water. The morons over at Devon Live news would of said that this object was a drone that could fly in and out of the water at Mach 3 with out making any splash or sound. That would be an amazing feat for a commercial drone. Where can I buy one like that. I have seen a real increase in UFO and USO activity around this area of Devon for some strange reason. It really is a great mystery as to why they are so prevalent around this area and especially why they seem to be so fascinated by these anchored cruise ships. I have captured these strange craft using three separate cameras now. A Nikon P900 a Sony HX-300 and Nikon coolpix L26 camera. This proves to me that it really doesn’t matter what type of camera you use to capture these strange anomalous objects. If you have the time to photograph this area you will capture these bizarre objects in your photographs. It really is quite fascinating and worthy of further investigation. The photograph was taken at 5:03 PM on the 16th of September 2020, at Hope’s Nose Devon England. All the best John.
KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS
KENS NOTE: JOHN MOONER IS THE CHIEF INVESTIGATOR FOR MY WEB SITE WORLD UFO PHOTOS.ORG ….SEE JOHNS WEB SITE AT THE RIGHT OF THE ARTICLE.
Hi Ken : I had gone to Babbacombe to take some photographs of the two P & O cruise ships that were anchored there just off the bay. I walked along Babbacombe Downs Road where I had the perfect view of the cruise ships. I looked down upon the sea and saw a group of small boats which I then started to photograph. Then to my surprise a flying saucer just happened to fly right by at that precise moment allowing me to capture it in a photograph. I was very excited and I immediately looked around for the saucer but unfortunately I did not see where it had gone. The saucer had probably flown into the water as this is a common occurrence with these strange craft. I have witnessed so many of these UFOs entering the sea at different locations around Devon. The strange thing is when these craft enter the water there is never any splash or signs of disturbance in the water nor is there any sound which is very peculiar. It really is quite baffling as to how this is achieved. Just lately I am seeing a real increase in these unidentified craft around the Torbay area and I am at a real loss to explain why there is such a spike in UFO activity recently. What could be going on? The photograph was taken at 5:23 PM on the 31st of August 2020, at Babbacombe Torquay Devon England. All the best John.
This space anomaly was photographed during Sky Lab III on day 263 of 1973 at 16:45 Zulu Time. Four shots were taken (one is shown here). The NASA Photo Evaluation Lab lists this object as either an unidentified object or a satellite. (NASA Photo # SL3-118-2140)
On the 59th day of flight Skylab III’s three-man crew saw and photographed a strange red object. Not more than 30-50 nautical miles from them, Alan Bean, Owen Garriott, and Jack Lousman reported the object was brighter than any of the planets. This incident has never been explained.
Radio conversation with Houston four hours after the sighting…
LOUSMA: “Did you tell him about that satellite we saw?
BEAN: Yes, we saw a great satellite. We didn’t know if we told you about it.
LOUSMA: The closest and brightest one we’ve seen.
BEAN: Huge one.
LOUSMA: We’ve seen several. It was a red one.
CAPCOM: No, you may have told somebody, but it wasn’t this team. I don’t remember hearing about it.
LOUSMA: I guess we didn’t report it. It was reflecting in red light and oscillating at, oh, counting it’s period of brightest to dimmest, about ten seconds. It led us into sunset. That was about three revs ago, I think. Something like that, wasn’t it Owen?
(NOTE): Astronaut Owen does NOT respond to this question, and the topic of conversation abruptly changes.
“Skylab III Technical Crew Debriefing” (NASA doc JSC-08478)
GARRIOTT: Do you want to talk about that satellite?
LOUSMA: I saw a couple of satellites that appeared like a satellite would on earth. I saw one that was not like one you would see on earth, so why don’t you mention it?
GARRIOTT: OK. About a week or 10 days before recovery and we were still waiting for information to be supplied to us about the identification. Jack first notices this rather large red star out the wardroom window.
Upon close examination, it was much brighter than Jupiter or any of the other planets. It had a reddish hue to it, even though it was well above the horizon. The light from the Sun was not passing close to the Earth’s limb at the time. We observed it for about 10 minutes prior to sunset. It was slowly rotating because it had a variation in brightness with a 10-seconds period. As I was saying, we observed it for about 10 minutes, until we went into darkness, and it also followed us into darkness about 5-seconds later.
From the 5 to 10 second delay in it’s disappearance we surmised that it was not more than 30 to 50 nautical miles [35 to 58 statute miles or 56 to 93 km] from our location. From its original position in the wardroom window, it did not move more than 10 or 20 degrees over the 10 minutes or so that we watched it. Its orbit was very close to that of our own. We never saw it on any earlier or succeeding orbits and we’d be quite interested in having its identification established.”
Bright orange flashes lasting only a few seconds in North Pole, Alaska.
At approximately 9pm this evening, my fiancé and I were relaxing on the couch watching television. The lights in the house were off. When we watch television we are facing one small and one large picture window that looks out onto our wooded yard. Our house is tucked into a forested lot so that even the headlights from the very occasional passing car going to and from a neighbors house is not seen from our living room. There are very few houses on our road.
As we watched our show at least 3 bright orange flashes of light flew from the right side of our house in the air the whole time and moved across to the left. Even though it only lasted a few seconds it was clear that the light originated and continued in the air, though maybe not tree top height. The trees around our property average about 20-30 feet high. From where the flashes originated there is nothing but wooded property and our garage.
The flashes seemed to be no more than 6-10 feet off the ground but grew in height. My fiancée thought something in the garage had exploded. However, there was never any sound at all. I thought the lights to the truck had flashed a few times.
My fiancé ran out onto our front deck to look and see what it was but there was nothing there. Nothing was out of place.
The lights were bright orange and clear quick flashes with 3-5 of them successively within the span of 3-5 seconds. They moved from right to left completely silently and were so bright they lit up our front yard (which is about the size of the parking lot of a small business) and all the trees in our yard. To give you an idea of how big our yard is, we could probably park 30-40 cars in our front yard alone.
I don’t know if it’s at all related or not but last night (the night before this happened) around 3:30 in the morning, our dog who sleeps on her bed in the living room, came into our bedroom and alerted to something in the living room or at the front door. This is out of character for her. Just as she woke me, I heard a very slight sound but I could not pinpoint the sound. It seemed to resonate throughout the house. It was a very slight but deep sound. You could liken it to a (Wah-Wah-Wah-wah) sound. I could feel this sound just as much as I could hear it and I can’t explain it better than that. It lasted for just as long as it took me to walk the few feet from our bedroom to the living room. Then it was just gone. It just immediately stopped.
I have a really tough time falling asleep last night. The dog acted as if there was someone at the door and I felt like there was too but our motion sensor lights weren’t on and I saw no one. I felt the weird need to sleep in my f! our year olds bed with him at that point. At this point, my healthy ((xx-years)) old dog would not leave my side.
Suddenly, my dog collapsed onto the floor and laid there with her eyes open but not blinking. She would not respond to my voice or my touch. She would not even respond to my commands. This scared me. About two or three minutes later she came to again and acted totally normal again. It seemed as if she had been drugged but of course she had not.
I am a college educated ((deleted)). I also hold a degree in ((deleted)). I do believe that we are not the only intelligent life out there. However, like most people I have never encountered anything personally that would give me that absolute undeniable truth. I’m not going to say that this experience is that undeniable truth.
To be quite honest, I don’t and I can’t know what this was that we saw but it is a very strange experience and it happened just as I have told you.
((NUFORC Note: We spoke via telephone with this witness, and she is a very capable, and serious-minded, person. We suspect that she is an excellent, and highly reliable, witness. PD)) NOTE: The above image is CGI.
High altitude, slow moving craft with flashing lights, moving in various directions for 3-4 hours
Hello Peter Davenport.
Thanks for taking my call Tuesday, 8/18/20 and per our conversation here’s my account of the UFO sighting I noted that occurred on 8/15/20 at 12:45 A.M..
I, and a friend named Rob, was doing some deep sky imaging astronomy at a friend’s in Burnet Texas, when around 12:45A.M. Rob spotted what looked like a “blinking star”. Initially, I figured it was either a satellite, airplane, pulsar, or something else, but initially looking at the object naked-eyed it didn’t appear to move against the background stars, or moved imperceptibly slow that I could not detect movement, so I took a break from imaging and went over to use my other telescope to look at the object visually.
When I saw the object through my telescope I could hardly believe what I was seeing. The object wasn’t any of the things I thought it might be, and I don’t know what was, nor have I seen anything like it before. The front of the craft was semi-circular, and the rear of the craft was less distinct but appeared to pan out in a wedge shape. The craft had 4 distinct very bright lights on the bottom, two towards the front, and two at the rear, which flashed in succession (two in the rear flashed, then the two in the front) along with small pin-like lights around the perimeter edge of the semi-circular portion of the craft that flashed third (front of craft).
I shouted to Rob “Oh My God, you’ve got to see this!”. When Rob saw the object he too was amazed, and he confirmed what I was seeing, describing the craft exactly as I saw it.
Initially we looked at the object for about 20 minutes, then I decided to train my imaging scope on the object and take some images. I took a few images starting at 1:02AM CST. My imaging scope is a wide-field setup so the resolution isn’t what I would have liked it so be, but nevertheless, I took some images which I will send to your email address. You will have to zoom in to see the object. I am sending a couple of JPEGs, but per or conversation I do have the “FITS” images which is an astronomy file standard that contains various pieces of data including the date, time, equipment used, resolution, etc.. If this is needed, I’m happy to send these too; one image is over 16 meg so I am not sending these files at this time, but the JPEGs are a direct copy. The pictures I’m sending were taken with a 106mm objective at 530mm Focal length and at roughly ¼ second exposure.
Also, the craft lights flashed repeatedly as noted above, and continuously throughout the time we observed it with no change in intensity nor frequency. I did revisit the object twice after the initial sighting and there was no change in the flashing behavior.
We initially spotted the object in the constellation of Lacerta, and the object seemed to move very slowly and not is a straight line like a satellite or aircraft would. The object started out (from our initial spotting point) in the north-east about 68 degrees up from the horizon, traveled west by southwest crossing the zenith, traveled north, the then moved almost due south. This occurred over a period of about 3-4 hours.
Let me know if you would like to discuss this sighting or need anything else.
Dayton, Ohio (UPI) – At least 15 sightings of unidentified flying objects “covered with red, green and blue lights” zooming about at tree-top level, were reported in Southwestern Ohio Wednesday night. The UFO’s, sighted in the Dayton-Cincinnati area, were all classified “unofficial” by Wright-Patterson Air Force Base officials. None were detected on radar because they apparently were flying too low.
The first sighting was reported shortly after 8 p.m. by a New Lebanon Township officer.
“He didn’t want to say he saw it, but he said it,” Montgomery County Sheriff’s deputy Michael Sullivan reported.
“The officer said it was oblong and covered with lights. It appeared stationary in the sky about tree top level for several minutes until he tried to shine his cruiser spot light on it,” Sullivan said. “It then zoomed toward him and then shot straight up in the air… after he turned out his light… and disappeared.”
Sullivan said the UFO sightings lasted from a fleeting moment to 12 minutes.
“They would be behind the trees and come up and fly away… as if you startled it or something,” he said.
“No balloon, helicopter or kite can move that fast or has that many lights attached or can go so quickly in a straight-up direction,” he said.
A spokesman at Wright-Patterson, whose UFO center was discontinued several years ago, said there would be no attempt to investigate the sightings unless there was an “imminent danger.”
Sullivan said his officers ‘certainly can’t chase them.” NOTE: The above image is real but from another case file.
It was October 20, 1973, and near Mt. Vernon & Evansville, Indiana. This incident occurred during the massive sighting wave of 1973, and within a few days of one of our rare MADAR detections. My wife got a call early that morning.
I was at work. She told me that the man was very serious about something that had happened that morning. The man calling was a conductor on a L&N train and had just had an encounter with a UFO at 6:50 AM, just a few miles east of our home.
To be precise, it was at a point on the tracks near St. Phillips, which is about 8-miles east of us towards Evansvilles.
I got in the car and headed home, called the man and taped the interview. Later I conducted a full investigation.
The original train crew had experienced engine trouble near Upton, a little town 3-4 miles northwest of Mt. Veron.
One of the rear diesal units had been overheating and the Burlington engine was pulling a 6,000-ton load, overloaded under these conditions. The maintenance man at Upton was a 30-year man and told the conductor that the rear unit was “dead”and that there was, in his words, “no use messin’ with it.”
He’d already tried. In any case, the new crew lumbered in to Mt. Vernon, taking 20-25 minutes longer to get there than usual. The sky was clear, temperature was a cool 55-degrees, wind was calm. Again, it was about 6:50 AM.
They had gone through Mt. Vernon and were nearing the Lamont crossing, 2-miles east of the city, heading east for Evansville. The sun was just barely peeking over the tree tops.
The two men in the front engine saw a very bright, but distant, light in the sky coming out of the north.
At first they thought it was an aircraft, then later decided that it couldn’t be. The object was very bright and was tracking north to south, pulsating from real bright to dim to bright. The distant light appeared to travel a short distance, 50-60′ between pulsations. The light finally turned more east towards Evansville and disappeared.
When they neared Caborn (6-7 miles east of Mt. Vernon), the lead conductor told the rear conductors by intercom that they had seen a real bright light.When they got near St. Phillips, the rear conductor reported that there now was a train following them, on the same track.
By then they had gotten up on Belknap hill (at Peerlsess Crossing), “a pretty good pull on a train”, and had gotten hung up. One of the rear men suggested that they should get the train behind them, which he said had been following them for awhile, to push them.
The lead conductor replied, “Well, I haven’t heard him on the radio.”
After a short while the rear man suggested the same solution to the problem, again: “Well, he’s been following us and I can see his light back there and the ‘board’ is red!” The object following them had given them a “red board” on their blocking system. The signal referred to here is a series of lights, similar in color to regular traffic lights, situated on a pole on the side of the tracks.
This shows either red, amber, or green, indicating “danger” , “caution”, or “all clear”, respectively. (This signal is a part of the Automatic Blocking System which tells of other traffic on the same track).
The “red board” normally meant that something was on the track behind them. The rear conductor again suggested that the crew call the “tower” (Howell Round House at Evansville) and see if there was a train behind them.
A quick check with the yardmaster showed that there was no train behind them at all. Upon receiving the news, the rear conductor replied, “There is a headlight behinds us. I can see it. It’s real bright.”
After the train had gotten hung up and had stopped on Belknap Hill, they got out and looked around.
The conductor, after backing the train down the hill, got out, walked down to the rear unit and pressed the restart button. To his surprise the unit “kicked right off, ran real good.”
The light or the object was now moving off, back from where it had come from. According to the conductor, whatever had given them a “red board”, now was giving them a “green board”.
As he, himself, stated, “The board went green. The light cleared up the board”. The train, previously hampered with a bad rear unit and way over-tonnage, was now fully able to climb the steep, hill and made it in to Howell without further mishap!
What makes this case interesting is in this detailed report (this is only a synopsis) something very bright was first seen, then a similar bright light follows a train, a diesal. Tractors and other diesals have been virtually unaffected by UFOs.
The Blocking System reacts as the object approaches and recedes, just as if there was a train on that track. The train, originally disabled (and reportedly with a “dead” rear unit) now works fine even with over-tonnage when the UFO is out of the picture.
All this during a massive sighting wave with some of the best close encounters we ever recorded! And that’s not all. The crew was reprimanded for filing a report. Later we found that the engine had been pulled and taken down south to be studied and reportedly the U.S. Air Force was involved. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Elmendorf Airbase launched 3 F-22 jets with afterburners which caught my attention. The jets were going up vertical and the first jet flew by an disc shaped object at approximately 15k – 20k feet altitude. The jets did not circle or engage the disc after the first jet flew by. The disc was moving South and moving slower than the jets were. The disc slowly gained altitude and distance from my view. My friend confirmed this sighting and when he had his binoculars, the disc was going out of our view. The disc was dark in color and the Sun was reflected from it or it was a bright light on the side of the disc. The disc was viewable by us for at least 10 minutes because of the disc not moving fast. The jets did not return toward the disc while we watched. The disc was approximately the same size as the F-22 that flew by it. The disc made no sound that we could hear. NOTE : The above image is CGI.
The following article appeared in the Nov. 4, 1973, edition of the Mansfield News Journal. It was written by a United Press International reporter.
CLEVELAND — Army Reserve helicopter pilot Capt. Lawrence Coyne is a military commander who doesn’t believe in unidentified flying objects (UFOs) or little green spacemen. But after a near miss two weeks ago between his helicopter and a “big, gray, metallic-looking” object in the sky over Mansfield, he doesn’t know what to think.
“I had to file an official report in detail to the Army on this thing,” he said.
“Coyne is a member of the 316th Medical Detachment stationed at Cleveland Hopkins Airport. He was returning from Columbus at 11:10 p.m., Oct. 18, when the UFO showed up near where the Air National Guard has a squadron of jet fighters based.
He said a check turned up that none of the unit’s F-100 Super Saber Jets were in the air when the UFO appeared. Coyne said when he first encountered the UFO, his helicopter was cruising at 2,500 feet. He had the controls set for a 20-degree dive, but the craft climbed to 3,500 feet with no power.
“I had made no attempt to pull up,” he said. “There was no noise or turbulence, either.”
Coyne said a red light appeared on the eastern horizon, and was first spotted by his crew chief, Sgt. Robert Yanacsek.
“The light was traveling in excess of 600 knots,” Coyne said. “It came from the horizon to our aircraft in about 10 seconds. We were on a collision course.”
The pilot said he put his helicopter into a dive.
“At 1,700 feet I braced myself for the impact with the other craft,” he said. “It was coming from our right side. I was scared. There had been so little time to respond. The thing was terrifically fast.”
There was no crash.
“We looked up and saw it stopped right over us,” Coyne said. “It had a big, gray metallic-looking hull about 60 feet long.” “It was shaped like an airfoil or a streamlined fat cigar. There was a red light on the front. The leading edge glowed red a short distance back from the nose. There was a center dome. A green light at the rear reflected on the hull.”
Coyne said the green light swiveled like a spotlight and beamed through the canopy of his craft, bathing the cabin in green light. He said as he and members of the crew stared at the craft his helicopter began to climb without his guidance.
“I had made no attempt to pull up,” he said. “All controls were set for a 20-degree dive. Yet we had climbed from 1,700 to 3,500 feet with no power in a couple of seconds with no g-forces or other noticeable strains.”
Coyne said the UFO finally moved off to the west and was gone.
The incident was documented by witnesses on the ground. In UFO lore the “Coyne Incident” is regarded as one of the most reliable UFO sightings of all time.
“It caused a lot of hullabaloo,” Jezzi said. “The first thing I thought was those Commie bastards. What are they up to.”
The next morning two of the other crew members, while being questioned about the incident, sketched drawings of the cigar-shaped craft they observed.
“They both came up with similar drawings,” Jezzi said.
The magnetic compass in the Huey never worked right after the incident and had to be replaced. Rene Bouchard doesn’t know what she saw in Galion about 60 minutes earlier that same evening. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
The 1973 UFO sighting of Lyndia Morel Lyndia Morel, a masseuse at the Swedish Sauna in Manchester, New Hampshire, signed out from work at 2:45 A.M. on Friday morning, November 2, 1973. She stopped and had coffee with a friend, then stopped for gas and then headed for home in nearby Goffstown, about eight miles west of Manchester.
As she reached the outskirts of Manchester on highway 114, she noticed a bright light in the sky. At first it was yellow, but then it flashed red and blue and green colors. She thought that was a bit odd, but she drove on, thinking it to be a planet. After driving about a mile, she noticed that it stayed in the same place in relation to her field of vision, but that it seemed to be getting brighter.
As Lydia neared the intersection of highways 114 and 114A, she lit a cigarette. As she did, the light blinked out, but reappeared after she had gone though the intersection.
It reappeared in the same spot, ahead and to the left of her. As she drove on to Goffstown and into the city, the light vanished and then reappeared twice more, seeming to be a little brighter each time.
After she drove though Goffstown on highway 114, she was surprised to see the light reappear again, straight ahead of her, even brighter and closer than before. So much closer, in fact, that she could make out details. She could see that it was an orange and gold globe covered with hexagons like a honeycomb, with an oval window on the upper left. The red, green, and blue flashes were coming from somewhere near the center of the object, and she could hear a high-pitched sound.
Lyndia later reported that she suddenly found that she was unable to remove her hands from the car’s steering wheel. She felt that the object was taking control of her and the car and pulling them to itself. The speed of her car was increasing against her will as she passed Westlawn Cemetery.
The object grew closer and closer. When it was only a few hundred feet away, Lyndia could see a figure in the window. She saw what she described as a smallish humanoid figure standing behind a console of some sort. The figure had a round, grayish head, a wrinkled face, a down turned slit of a mouth, and two large eyes with dark pupils. She felt that he was sending her a telepathic message to be unafraid.
If she was, the message did not work, because Lyndia was terrified. Somehow, she was able to slow the car and turn into the driveway of a house just past the cemetery. She jumped out of the car and ran to the kitchen door of the house, ignoring a German shepherd dog that growled and barked at her. She pounded on the door and rang the bell and yelled for help as the UFO moved to a position across the street, hovering and watching her, still emitting that high-pitched sound.
Finally, the residents, Mr. And Mrs. Beaudoin, came to the door. They opened the door to a terrified woman who was covering her ears and claiming that a UFO was after her. The Beaudoins could not see or hear anything, but Mrs. Beaudoin called the police.
When Goffstown Officer Daniel Jubinville arrived, he found Lyndia’s car in the driveway with the lights on and the motor still running. He went in and listened to Lyndia’s story, noting in his report that she did not appear to be under the influence of alcohol or drugs. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
December 10, 1973 – About 6:20 p.m. local time in Ouzoues-sur-Loire, France a 50-year-old couple, several other witnesses, and gendarmes watched a silent, 5-meter tall cone-shaped UFO only 20 meters from the ground fly away toward the southwest.
Two hours after that, at about 8:30 p.m. in Hochries, Germany near the Austrian-Bavarian border, Friedrich Lennartz, 33, and Peter Zettel, 29, had a close encounter of the second kind when a multi-colored, ovoid UFO responded to a red signal rocket they had fired to get the UFO’s attention.
The UFO had been hovering near a mountain ski resort with the pointed end up.
Its size was estimated as 9 meters in diameter and 12-14 meters tall. The top portion looked like a yellow dome. Four rows of colored lights (red, green, blue, and white) rotated counterclockwise around the lower portion.
They experienced loud static on their short wave radio as the UFO changed color to a dazzling red, made a 90-degree turn, and sped toward the witnesses, traveling 5-6 kilometers in 10 seconds.
It hovered close to their mountain for two more hours as their dogs whimpered to be let into the cabin, then shot upward at a steep angle at “breakneck speed.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
KENS NOTE: This was an e-mail sent to me from a Navy Seal.
Hi Ken, Well I don’t have any UFO photo’s but have a story you’d never hear anywhere else. Read on…
I’m an ex-Navy SEAL and was at a buddies restaurant in San Diego, CA a few weeks ago for a 5-year-in-business celebration. I sat at a table with three younger SEAL’s who were in their late 20’s/early 30’s. We got to chatting about my Dad and his buddy who flew the SR-71 decades ago and had two encounters at ceiling altitude.
One of the younger SEAL’s then asked me if “he could tell me something” and I said sure. He then relayed that the two of them across the table from me were up at NSW Cold Weather Detachment Kodiak last year doing some cold weather training. The training up there includes SEAL cold weather survival and advanced tactical training in the forested, coastal environments. The base itself covers 55 acres on Spruce Cape and training is conducted throughout the surrounding area and on nearby Long Island.
They both mentioned they were on a remote manoeuvre and had made good progress to their BDL (bed down location) when they decided to push on ahead through some gnarly terrain off their plan and surprise their CO with a new BDL. When they finally radioed in at their new BDL, they said that their CO flipped out and became frantic, asked them if they had “seen anyone or anything” to which they strangely replied no (why would they have after all?), and to return to their original BDL immediately.
Their CO said they had committed a very serious breach by pushing ahead off track and they would be debriefed upon return to base. They both said they had never experienced this before. When they returned to base, they were immediately sequestered and detained in a room by what they called “some serious-looking government dudes like the Men in Black” who were flown in!!! They were told the meeting was well beyond the normal TS-SCI clearance and they were not to ever breathe a word of it.
Image: Spruce Cape in Alaska.
So I was very surprised that they relayed any of this to me but they were both very clearly concerned and shaken there at the table, even a year later.
During the debrief by the MIB’s, they were asked about many things including whether they had seen other ” human-type beings of any kind, technology, material traces, etc. The SEAL’s went on to say that in all the classified missions they had been on, that they had never been remotely debriefed like that.
When they asked the MIB’s about what other “human beings of any kind” there are, the gov’s mentioned that there were “The Others” up there and that such an event was not in their realm of possibility or anywhere remotely near their clearance or need to know!
After the debrief, they asked their CO who “The Others” were and what was going on and he told them to never mention the incident again, to adhere to strict orders, and to never deviate from mission parameters or other parts of the range while there.
They were both still clearly shaken by the ordeal and wanted answers and asked me what I thought. I told them that it obviously sounded like they almost stumbled onto a remote facility where humans are working alongside ET’s or ET’s are being housed.
Anyway, you’d never hear this level of admission from any civilian and coming from 2 SEAL’s, I’d say something is going on up there at SEAL Detachment Kodiak that is not terrestrial. Much like the reports of the Tall Whites at the Nevada Training and Test Range.
Kens Note: The Special Operations Forces Cold Weather Maritime Training Facility, Naval Special Warfare Cold Weather Detachment Kodiak is a United States Navy base near Kodiak, Alaska used to train United States Navy SEALs. The training includes cold weather survival and advanced tactical training in forested, coastal environments. The base covers 55 acres on Spruce Cape and training is conducted throughout the surrounding area and nearby Long Island. As of November 2008, six SEAL classes averaging 40 students come to Kodiak each year for a 28-day course. The trainees are sent to Kodiak after completing Basic Underwater Demolition/SEAL (BUD/S) selection and before they are assigned to their respective SEAL teams. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
KENS ADDITIONAL NOTE: This article was brought to my attention by a tv production company based in the United Kingdom. They are making a documentary on the Travel Channer about Alaska and the paranormal activity in this remote area. Apparently this article was extracted from my web site www.worldufophotosandnews.org. I do remember this article but could not find it in my web site archives. It simply disappeared. Someone apparently deleted the article from my site. I am presently looking into this and will keep you updated.
One night in 1974, from a Cessna Citation aircraft, one of America’s most famous citizens saw a UFO.
There were four persons aboard the plane: pilot Bill Paynter, two security guards, and the governor of California, Ronald Reagan.
As the airplane approached Bakersfield, California, the passengers called Paynter’s attention to a strange object to their rear.
“It appeared to be several hundred yards away,” Paynter recalled. “It was a fairly steady light until it began to accelerate. Then it appeared to elongate. Then the light took off.
It went up at a 45-degree angle-at a high rate of speed. Everyone on the plane was surprised. . . . The UFO went from a normal cruise speed to a fantastic speed instantly. If you give an airplane power, it will accelerate-but not like a hot rod, and that’s what this was like.”
A week later Reagan recounted the sighting to Norman C. Miller, then Washington bureau chief for the Wall Street Journal.
Reagan told Miller, “We followed it for several minutes. It was a bright white light. We followed it to Bakersfield, and all of a sudden to our utter amazement it went straight up into the heavens.”
When Miller expressed some doubt, a “look of horror came over [Reagan]. It suddenly dawned on him . . . that he was talking to a reporter.” Immediately afterward, according to Miller, Reagan “clammed up.” Reagan did not discuss the event again, at least publicly.
KENS NOTE: Our goverment has thousands of detailed alien craft encounter case files from all over the world. They will never admit that aliens exist because of the panic it will cause and there would be too many questions to answer. Disclosure will crash the market, question religions and create panic in the streets for all of the millions of people who will not be able to handle the truth…simpls as that……
Hi Ken : I was outside in the back garden sat at the table and I had just finished my dinner when I just happened to look up at some clouds in the distance where I spotted a shiny silver disc shaped object that was hovering above them. Unfortunately I did not have my Nikon P900 camera with me as it was still inside the house so I quickly got up out of the chair and ran inside to retrieve it but unfortunately by the time I had come back outside in to the garden the silver disc shaped object had gone. I looked around the sky for it but I did not see it again. Then feeling disappointed that I hadn’t been able to photograph the silver disc I sat down in my chair and started to watch as a passenger plane slowly crossed the sky.
I then noticed something trailing behind the plane. Whatever it was it appeared to be sphere shaped. I immediately started to take photographs of the plane and the sphere shaped object. Then to my utter astonishment I watched as the sphere shaped object flew directly in front of the plane before it flew up into the atmosphere and disappeared. The plane looked like an easy jet branded plane to me and the pilots would of definitely seen the sphere as it passed by the cockpit and flew in front of the plane. I only wish that the pilots would come forward and report this sighting as I feel that this is of great importance as this was a near miss between a passenger plane and an unknown foreign object. What on earth are these strange objects that I am witnessing in the sky in ever increasing numbers around this area. The photographs were taken at 1:05 PM on the 30th August 2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John. Have a great week my friend.
On the 23rd of January, 1974, an extraordinary event took place in Llandrillo, North Wales, United Kingdom.
On a winter’s night, a great terrible noise was heard by many of the village, and the first thing that came to mind was that there had been an explosion of some type.
As some of the villagers went outside to see what had occurred, they were amazed by the scene of blue and orange lights near the mountain of Cader Bronwen.
From witness statements, and the next day’s press, came this explanation, “There was a huge explosion a few minutes after 8:30 PM. From various accounts, this preceded, some say by up to two or three minutes, a violent shaking of the ground, like a medium-sized earthquake – objects inside houses were knocked off shelves.”
In a very similar scenario to the Kecksburg crash, authorities rushed to the scene; police first, followed by Royal Air Force personnel. Immediately, the area around the crash was cordoned off with nobody allowed to enter.
This operation seemed like overkill; the area being so remote, and uninhabited. This search and rescue lasted for several days in the Berwyn Mountains.
One witness, who was working at a hotel in Bala, stated that a group of men had arrived at the hotel, and stayed several days. They were involved in the operations at the crash site, but refused to answer any questions about the activities there.
One of the most compelling accounts of the events in Wales came from a lady who was a nurse living at Llanderfel.
She was asked by local police to assist in a plane crash near her house. Gathering her things together, and not having any one to watch her teenage daughters, she took them with her to the location given by the police.
She was driving on B4391, which goes from Bala to Llangynog. The road was nearly deserted, being at 10:00 PM on a cold, wintry night. As she proceeded up into the mountains, she was astonished at what she saw next…
There was an object “quite intact” which was large, circular, and glowing an orange color. Her and her two daughters were within a few hundred feet of it. She could not be mistaken at what she saw, a UFO.
She could also see police and military personnel, which were much closer to the UFO. They instructed her to leave the area, even after she explained why she was there.
Afraid for her and her daughters’ safety, she left without argument. Authorities escorted her from the site.
The roads around the site of the unusual object stayed closed for a number of days afterwards. The nurse talked to some of the local shepherds who complained that they were not even allowed to tend their flocks.
She and others were convinced of a military and governmental cover up of what really happened on January 23, 1974 near the Berwyn Mountains.
Was the explosion a mechanical failure of the orange glowing craft, or did another UFO crash? We may never know for certain. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On 25 Aug 74, at 2207 hrs, US Air Defense radar detected an unknown object approaching US airspace from the Gulf of Mexico. Originally the object was tracked at 2,200 (2,530 mph) knots on a bearing of 325 degrees and at an altitude of 75,000 feet, a course that would intercept US territory about forty miles southwest of Corpus Christi, Texas.
After approximately sixty seconds of observation, at a position 155 miles southeast of Corpus Christi, the object decelerated to approximately 1700 (1,955 mph) knots, turned to a heading of 290 degrees, and began a slow descent.
It entered Mexican airspace approximately forty miles south of Brownsville, Texas. Radar tracked it approximately 500 miles to a point near the town of Coyame, in the state of Chihuahua, not far from the US border. There the object suddenly disappeared from the radar screens.
During the flight over Mexican airspace, the object leveled off at 45,000 feet, then descended to 20,000 feet. The descent was in level steps, not a smooth curve or straight line, and each level was maintained for approximately five minutes.
The object was tracked by two different military radar installations. It would have been within range of Brownsville civilian radar, but it is assumed that no civilian radar detected the object due to a lack of any such reports. The point of disappearance from the radar screens was over a barren and sparsely populated area of Northern Mexico. At first it was assumed that the object had descended below the radar’s horizon and a watch was kept for any re-emergence of the object. None occurred.
At first it was assumed that the object might be a meteor because of the high speed and descending flight path. But meteors normally travel at higher speeds, and descend in a smooth arc, not in “steps.” And meteors do not normally make a thirty-five degree change in course. Shortly after detection an air defense alert was called. However, before any form of interception could be scrambled, the object turned to a course that would not immediately take it over US territory. The alert was called off within twenty minutes after the object’s disappearance from the radar screen.
Fifty-two minutes after the disappearance, civilian radio traffic indicated that a civilian aircraft had gone down in that area. But it was clear that the missing aircraft had departed El Paso International with a destination of Mexico City, and could not, therefore, have been the object tracked over the Gulf of Mexico.
It was noted, however, that they both disappeared in the same area and at the same time.
With daylight the next day, Mexican authorities began a search for the missing plane. At Approximately 10:35 hours, there came a radio report that wreckage from the missing plane had been spotted from the air. Almost immediately came a report of a second plane on the ground a few miles from the first. A few minutes later an additional report stated that the second “plane” was circular shaped and apparently in one piece although damaged. A few minutes after that the Mexican military clamped a radio silence on all search efforts.
The radio interceptions were reported through channels to the CIA. Possibly as many as two additional government agencies also received reports, but such has not been confirmed as of this date. The CIA immediately began forming a recovery team. The speed with which this team and its equipment was assembled suggests that this was either a well-rehearsed exercise or one that had been performed prior to this event.
In the meantime, requests were initiated at the highest levels between the United States and Mexican governments that the US recovery team be allowed onto Mexican territory to “assist.” These requests were met with professed ignorance and a flat refusal of any cooperation.
By 21:00 hrs, 26 Aug 1974, the recovery team had assembled and been staged at Fort Bliss. Several helicopters were flown in from some unknown source and assembled in a secured area. These helicopters were painted a neutral sand color and bore no markings. Eye witness indicates that there were three smaller craft, very probably UHl Hueys from the description. There was also a larger helicopter, possibly a Sea Stallion. Personnel from this team remained with their craft and had no contact with other Ft. Bliss personnel.
Satellite and aircraft overflight that day indicated that both the crashed disk and the civilian aircraft had been removed from the crash sites and loaded on flat bed trucks. Later flights confirmed that the convoy had departed the area heading south.
At that point the CIA had to make a choice; either to allow this unknown aircraft to stay in the hands of the Mexican government, or to launch the recovery team, supplemented by any required military support, to take the craft. There occurred, however, an event that took the choice out of their hands. High altitude overflights indicated that the convoy had stopped before reaching any inhabited areas or major roads. Recon showed no activity, and radio contact between the Mexican recovery team and its headquarters had ceased. A low altitude, high speed overflight was ordered.
The photos returned by that aircraft showed all trucks and jeeps stopped, some with open doors, and two human bodies laying on the ground beside two vehicles. The decision was immediately made to launch the recovery team, but the actual launching was held up for the arrival of additional equipment and two additional personnel. It was not until 14:38 hrs that the helicopters departed Ft. Bliss.
The four helicopters followed the border down towards Presidio then turned and entered Mexican airspace north of Candelaria. They were over the convoy site at 16:53 hrs. All convoy personnel were dead, most within the trucks. Some recovery team members, dressed in bioprotection suits, reconfigured the straps holding the object on the flatbed truck, then attached them to a cargo cable from the Sea Stallion.
By 17:14 hrs the recovered object was on its way to US territory. Before leaving the convoy site, members of the recovery team gathered together the Mexican vehicles and bodies, then destroyed all with high explosives. This included the pieces of the civilian light plane which had been involved in the mid-air collision. At 17:46 hrs the Hueys departed.
The Hueys caught up with the Sea Stallion as it reentered US airspace. The recovery team then proceeded to a point in the Davis Mountains, approximately twenty-five miles northeast of Valentine. There they landed and waited until 02:25 hrs the next morning. At that time they resumed the flight and rendezvoused with a small convoy on a road between Van Horn and Kent. The recovered disk was transferred to a truck large enough to handle it and capable of being sealed totally. Some of the personnel from the Huey’s transferred to the convoy.
All helicopters then returned to their original bases for decontamination procedures. The convoy continued non-stop, using back roads and smaller highways, and staying away from cities. The destination of the convoy reportedly was Altanta, Georgia.
Here the hard evidence thins out. One unconfirmed report says the disk was eventually transferred to Wright-Patterson AF Base. Another says that the disk was either transferred after that to another unnamed base, or was taken directly to this unknown base directly from Atlanta.
The best description of the disk was that it was sixteen feet, five inches in diameter, convex on both upper and lower surfaces to the same degree, possessing no visible doors or windows. The thickness was slightly less than five feet. The color was silver, much like polished steel. There were no visible lights nor any propulsion means.
There were no markings. There were two areas of the rim that showed damage, one showing an irregular hole approximately twelve inches in diameter with indented material around it. The other damage was described as a “dent” about two feet wide. The weight of the object was estimated as approximately one thousand, five hundred pounds, based on the effect of the weight on the carrying helicopter and those who transferred it to the truck.
There was no indication in the documentation available as to whether anything was visible in the “hole.”
It seems likely that the damage with the hole was caused by the collision with the civilian aircraft. That collision occurred while the object was traveling approximately 1700 knots (1,955 mph). Even ignoring the speed of the civilian aircraft, the impact would have been considerable at that speed.
This is in agreement with the description of the civilian aircraft as being “almost totally destroyed.” What was being taken from the crash site was pieces of the civilian aircraft.
The second damage may have resulted when the object impacted with the ground. The speed in that case should have been considerably less than that of the first impact.
No mention is made of the occupants of the civilian aircraft. It is not known if any body or bodies were recovered. Considering the destruction of the civilian light aircraft in mid-air, bodies may well not have come down near the larger pieces.
Unfortunately what caused the deaths of the Mexican recovery team is not known. Speculation ranges from a chemical released from the disk as a result of the damage, to a microbiological agent. There are no indications of death or illness by any of the recovery team.
It would not have been illogical for the recovery team to have taken one of the bodies back with them for analysis. But there is no indication of that having happened. Perhaps they did not have adequate means of transporting what might have been a biologically contaminated body.
Inquires to the FAA reveal no documents concerning the civilian aircraft crash, probably because it did not involve a US aircraft. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
OCTOBER 25, 1974 ……MEDICINE BOW NATIONAL FOREST WYOMING
This very interesting case took place in Medicine Bow National Forest, Wyoming. On October 25, 1974, one Carl Higdon was elk hunting in the northern section of the park.
As he shot his rifle at an elk nearby, a most bizarre thing happened. The bullet traveled in slow motion, as if he had entered another dimension.
It fell some 50 feet away, dropping into the snow covered landscape. He was able to recover the bullet. He felt a strange sensation over his body.
To his utter shock and amazement, he saw a humanoid entity standing nearby. The humanoid was quite tall, at over six feet in height. He was clad in a black jump suit with a wide belt.
The belt was decorated with a six-pointed star and emblem of yellow. With straight hair standing out from his head, he had no eyebrows. He stood bow-legged, with long arms ending with rod-like appendages instead of hands.
The humanoid spoke to Higdon, asking him if he was hungry. The entity threw some pills to him, telling him if he took one, he would not have to eat for 4 days. Higdon normally did not take any type of pills, yet he swallowed one of the offerings immediately.
It was surmised that the entity was smart enough to realize that Higdon may have been hungry, or else he would not have been hunting elk.
Soon, the alien pointed toward Higdon, and the next thing he knew, he was enclosed within a transparent apparatus, with a helmet on. Also present were two more humanoids, and the five elk he was previously stalking. The elk were in a frozen state.
He was told that the aliens were traveling to their home planet, located some 163,000 light years away. In a flash, they arrived at the distant location.
Higdon described the surrounding landscape as being occupied with buildings like the Seattle space needle, all lit up by a sun of intense power. The brightness of the atmosphere caused Higdon’s eyes to water, along with the aliens’. Higdon’s next remembrance was being back in Medicine Bow Park.
He says that approximately 2 1/2 hours had elapsed since his encounter with the humanoid had begun.
He was in a hysterical state, cold, and disoriented. For a time, he could not locate his truck, finally finding it some three miles from where he had left it. It had been stuck in a mud hole, and Higdon was unable to free it from the bog by himself. Using his CB radio, he summoned help from the local sheriff, who arrived at midnight.
Additional help arrived to free the stuck truck.
Hidgon was found in a state of panic and nervous exhaustion. He was shouting, “They took my elk!” He was taken for medical care to a local hospital. His blood work showed he had a highly elevated level of vitamins, probably from the pill he had taken.
The most fascinating aspect of his tests was that tuberculosis scars on his lungs were now gone!
Further investigation into the details surrounding the bizarre encounter revealed that Higdon’s wife, along with two other people, had seen a red-green-white flashing light moving in the area of the sighting.
The case was investigated by Dr. Leo Sprinkle, Professor of Psychology, University of Wyoming. Also included were Rick Kenyon, and Robert Nantkes, MUFON field investigators, and Frank Bourke, National Star Investigator. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
According to the Finnish newspaper Jakobstads Tidning, a UFO incident in late-March 1971 at Perho would unfold. And it would also contain some similar details to the other incidents we have examined here.
The main witness, Matti Lassila, along with his friend, Jorma Vasala, were riding their mopeds on the evening of 23rd March. As they were doing so, at around 8:30 pm, they noticed a strange glowing object seemingly hovering just above the treetops. They would estimate the glowing object was around 200 feet above the ground and would follow them for several miles. This would make the group so frightened that they quickly brought their mopeds to a stop and then dived into a nearby ditch in order to take cover.
Almost at the same moment, just as the strange object was about to meet their location, it changed location at the very last moment and disappeared into the distance. This seemingly trivial detail is one that shows up in many other UFO accounts of a similar nature. Is this a detail that shows the occupants are merely toying with such witnesses?
Following the disappearance of the strange craft, the group jumped back on their mopeds and returned to their respective houses, informing all who would listen of what they had seen almost as soon as they arrived.
Vasala would recall that the object, apart from when it disappeared, moved particularly slowly and was approximately 15 feet in width. He would further recall that the craft would change color several times, going through “all the colors of the rainbow”.
Precise Movements Suggesting Intelligent Control!
What’s more, Matti’s mother would venture outside with binoculars in order to see the object for herself. Although it was now a lot higher than when the two boys had witnessed it, she could clearly see the anomaly in the sky. She would particularly recall how the object appeared to “move on the spot”. This last detail perhaps suggests that the object was turning on its own axis.
All of the witnesses would further recall how the movements of the object were always “precise”. Because of this, they all believed that the object was intelligently guided and not something just caught in the wind. What’s more, when it did move, they would recall how it appeared that “lightning shot out” of the underneath of it.
What is perhaps also interesting, especially with this last detail in mind, is that there is a significant network of power lines along the same route the object moved. Might this object have been absorbing some of this power? Might this be why, like the sighting of the Talasas, the power outages often accompany such sightings?
Several of the witnesses would conduct sketches of the object. And what’s more, they would do so on their own and away from each other. All of them were remarkably similar to each other, suggesting that not only were the two young men who first witnessed the object likely telling the truth but so were the parents who witnessed the object after them, albeit from a distance.
What’s more, when investigators would speak to other residents of the area, they would learn, much like the other cases we have examined, that several other sightings around the same time, with very similar.ar details had also been reported. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Langenburg, Saskatchewan, Canada – September 1, 1974
From the Saskatoon Star Phoenix – June 13, 1992
Some residents of Langenburg a farming community about 70 kilometers southeast of Yorkton, believe they can create a tourist attraction based on an eerie event that occurred in a farmer’s field near the town in 1974.
On Sept. 1 1974, the skies were grey and threatening, but Edwin Fuhr was on his swather in a field of rapeseed (now called canola).
Moving up a small incline, he glanced up to make sure he would skirt a grassy, dried out slough just ahead when he spied something made of metal in the grass. His first thought was that someone was playing a joke on him or had dumped junk in the old slough.
As the swather moved up the incline, the slough came into full view. The metallic “something” was one of five machines rotating rapidly and hovering just above the grass.
Fuhr, startled, stopped his swather, climbed down and took a few steps toward the hovering machines. Then, overcome with fear, he stopped and began slowly to ease back to his idling swather.
The machines continued to hover and spin, then slowly lifted. About 100 feet above ground, they maneuvered into an echelon formation and rose at a much greater speed. Each vented a brief puff of smoke and in seconds. Disappeared over the horizon.
At the controls of his swather, Fuhr was almost paralyzed with fright and barely able to put the machine into gear. At lunch, he was unable to eat. When he inspected the site where the strange visitors had been, he saw five circular depressions.
Most of the tall grass was pressed down, and, in places, was twisted as it would be by a spinning object. The circles were exactly 11 feet (3.3 meters) in diameter and there was unflattened grass in the centre.
The shaken farmer reported the incident to the RCMP. In a few days, a newspaper story brought hordes of curiosity seekers to the farm, all expecting to see the landing site. Fuhr could not allow that because the estimated 3,000 people who arrived would have pulverized his crop.
Fuhr said the mystery machines were made of what looked like stainless steel, but had a “brushed” finish. Each was about five feet (1.5 metres) high at the peak of its dome-like structure.
There were no windows or portholes, no antennae or other projecting parts except something resembling a short exhaust pipe, the source of the vapor the objects emitted as they rose through the overcast.
The Centre for UFO Studies in Illinois sent a specialist to the farm and he found no reason to dispute Fuhr’s report.
Cpl. Ron Morier of the RCMP concluded that the five circles were caused by “something exerting what had to be heavy exhaust or air pressure. Whatever was in there came out of the air and departed the same way, as far as I could tell.”
Edwin Fuhr still lives in Langenburg where he’s regarded as a dependable, quiet spoken citizen not given to inventing tall tales. As one businessman said at the time of the incident, ”If that’s what Edwin says he saw, that’s what Edwin saw.”
Today, portions of the rings made by the strange machines are still visible on his land. About three years ago, there was a report of two UFOs that hovered briefly over Langenburg.
From the Star Phoenix – September 10, 1974
Saucer sighted, no hoax – RCMP
LANGENBURG (CP) – RCMP Constable Ron Morier says he doesn’t think a district farmer is trying to pull a hoax with his claims of seeing saucer-shaped objects hovering about a foot over a slough near his rapeseed field six miles north of here.
Edwin Fuhr, 36, claims five stainless steel objects stayed for 15 minutes before leaving. He says there were depressions in the foot-high grass about 11 feet in diameter where they had been.
Constable Morier visited the farm Monday in this community 120 miles northwest of Regina for a first-hand look.
“They took me out to where they’d seen these things in the grass. I saw the rings…” “Something was there and I doubt it was a hoax. There was no indication anything had been wheeled in or out and Mr. Fuhr seemed genuinely scared.”
Constable Morier took photographs and measurements and sent his information to the National Research Council in Ottawa.
“Some farmers are afraid to work in their fields,” the Constable said, “At least that’s what I hear on coffee row.”
Mr. Fuhr says he got down from his swather and moved to within 15 feet of the objects.
“All of a sudden I noticed the grass was moving… turning near this thing. I just watched it for about two minutes and then noticed the whole thing was turning.”
“I backed up slow. I wasn’t going to turn my back on the thing. When I got back to the swather, I noticed there were another four to the left of me, all revolving. I just froze on the seat and didn’t move.”
“I was terrified. I froze. I couldn’t do anything.”
“Then they took off (after 15 minutes)… straight up. There was a grey vapor coming from underneath them and a strong wind. I had to hang on to my hat and it knocked the rape down.”
It took two minutes for the objects to disappear into the clouds and another two minutes for Mr. Fuhr to come down from his swather.
“I wanted to be sure they were gone.”
He then explained the circular depressions left by the objects. “I felt the grass to see if it was warm. There was nothing you could feel and there wasn’t any smell.” NOTE: The top image is real but from a different case file.
THE WELL-PUBLICISED Kecksburg, Pennsylvania UFO crash of 1965 has been touted as “Pennsylvania’s Roswell” and presented as a crash recovery story that has been shrouded in a veil of mystery and governmental conspiracy which is intended to keep the truth of the incident from the American people.
But, Lackawanna County’s city of Carbondale, Pennsylvania is also the location of a “downed saucer incident” that has caught the imagination and interests of ufologists and conspiracy enthusiasts throughout the nation. 9-11 November 2004 marked the 30th anniversary of Pennsylvania’s other Roswell incident. – the legendary Carbondale UFO crash or perhaps, I should call it “The Carbondale UFO Capers”.
As one of the three primary UFO investigators of the Carbondale saucer crash, I feel that it is time for me to present my recollections and reflections on this occurrence, as well as some thoughts on how and why the legend of the ill-fated Carbondale UFO has become a gleaming facet of contemporary ufological folklore. So, let me start my story at the beginning.
I was working quite late on the night of 10 November 1974 (on a design project) and had sketches and blueprints scattered about on the dining room table and floor. It was a little after midnight, (actually 11 November) and I had been listening to a local radio talk show when the programme’s host suddenly announced that his programme director had just handed him a note about an unidentified flying object which had apparently crashed at Carbondale, Pennsylvania.
Since I had appeared on WWDB’s Bernie Herman show several times discussing the UFO phenomenon, I phoned the station without hesitation and asked if the matter was legitimate or simply a prank. Both the show’s host and his engineer assured me that the report was indeed “authentic” for they had just taken it directly from an Associated Press release.
I then contacted the Carbondale police department about the situation and spoke to a desk officer who told me that an airborne object had been observed by a group of five teens (but only three of the youngsters actually participated in our inquiry of the sighting), and that the UFO apparently plummeted into a pond and sank.
The youngsters agreed that a fiery object had fallen to earth in a shower of sparks and splashed down into a large coal breaker pit or ‘silt pond’, as it was called by locals.
The police had cordoned off the area in an attempt to keep curiosity seekers from possibly getting injured at the site, as two areas of the bank of the pond were rather steep and slippery. The acting police chief, Sgt Francis X. Dottle, confided that he didn’t know what the object in the water was, but that he and a couple of his men had observed it glowing while submerged on the night of 9 November – and that it remained aglow until the wee morning hours of 10 November (i.e. for a period of about six to eight hours.
As I later learned, the teens who observed the phenomenon saw a fiery object streak across the sky, “Coming over Salem Mountain” in the direction of Russell Park. According to the boys, they ran into the park from their street corner location where they were just hanging around on a “nothing else to do” Saturday night and discovered a strange light glowing in the pond about twenty feet. from shore.
The boys had run about two blocks to the pond and didn’t actually see or hear the object hit the water. There was a faint “fizz” or sizzling sound heard, however, and one of the lads said that “it sounded like someone had thrown a cigarette in the water.”
So, too, one boy thought the pond had an odour “like gas from a gas stove”, while another boy said that “the pond just smelled like it usually does”. The mysterious airborne object was described as being bright whitish-yellow in colour with a trail of reddish sparks. It was estimated to appear about as large as a five cent piece (a nickel) held at arm’s length.
But one of the boys would later say that it was about “three times the size of a basketball”. No sounds were noted by the teens as the object appeared to fall towards the earth, and they didn’t see a trail of smoke coming from it either.
One boy said, “It looked like a shooting star”. However, later versions of the story credit the boys with saying the object whistled as it sped earthward.
The boys left the pond to report the submerged light to the police about 7:00 p.m. and when they returned to the pond (around 15 minutes later) they thought that the light had taken up another position in the water, although no one actually saw the light moving at that time. The light was described as being yellow-orange in colour by two of the boys, while the third witness described it as “yellowish, almost white”.
The light on the water’s surface appeared as an irregular disc about 5 feet in diameter. While several UFO researchers would later describe it as being an irregular shaped glow at 20 feet in diameter, I performed a very simple experiment with a flashlight in a darkened room and discovered that the central portion of the light’s beam appeared to be about five feet in diameter (when directed at the ceiling) and its outer, fainter, and more widely dispersed light beam was about 4 times larger.
This may account for the discrepancy in the estimates concerning the diameter of the glow on the pond’s surface – or perhaps, the later researchers may have misinterpreted the boys’ statements regarding the “position” of the light from shore, which was initially reported to be about twenty feet.
I asked the officer on the phone if the object might have been a small private plane, fearing that someone may have been trapped in an air-pocket within the fuselage’s wreckage. He said that the reports indicated that the object’s tremendous speed and the lack of floating debris on the water seemed to deny that possibility.
I then asked if the object could have been some sort of “space junk” and informed him that there were military tracking installations such as NORAD that should be contacted in regard to the situation.
My primary concern was that if the object were some part of an American or Soviet spacecraft or satellite which hadn’t completely burned up as it re-entered the Earth’s atmosphere, there may have been a possibility that some portion of its electrical system was still being powered by the “snap units” (or nuclear batteries) that were used to power various on-board instrumentation and guidance systems.
This seemed to be highly improbable, but, then again, there was that strange light beneath the pond’s surface, a light which appeared to pulsate with diminishing intensity and at one point suddenly rushed towards a small boat which police had launched to further investigate the matter.
But, unknown to me at that time, Sgt Dottle (the Acting Police Chief) had already been in contact with Dr J. Allen Hynek’s Center for UFO Studies in Evanston, Illinois about the situation. Dr Hynek advised Sgt Dottle that a meteor or a meteor fragment could not be the source of the light in the pond because burning meteors are immediately extinguished when they strike bodies of water. Sgt Dottle was further advised to obtain a Geiger counter to see if any radioactivity was present at the crash site, perhaps as a result of a faulty spacecraft or satellite re-entry.
Obviously, Dr. Hynek also feared that a snap unit had survived the re-entry and may have been leaking its contents into the pond.
Upon hanging up the phone, I awoke my wife, Grace, kissed her and our sleeping children goodbye, and started the early morning trek along the north-eastern extension of the Pennsylvania Turnpike toward Carbondale.
As I drove through the Lehigh Valley I was still listening to radio news reports concerning the incident – and while some of the accounts seemed to be a bit sketchy, there were relatives of Carbondale residents phoning the radio station with additional information and some obvious rumours too.
As the events of the Carbondale saucer crash unfolded, the rumours would include suspicions that a Soviet missile was in the pond, that only a portion of a Soviet missile was in the pond, while still another section had crashed into Elk Lake about 25 miles north-west of Carbondale.
There was also a rumour that an alien space ship had landed – not crashed – in the silt pond and that the military had managed to recover whatever was in the water and spirit it away before anyone had an opportunity to see it (i.e., the story was beginning to take on characteristics of the earlier Kecksburg, Aztec and Roswell UFO crash reports). In one rumour scenario, the UFO was loaded upon a flatbed railcar that was brought to the site on a nearby (albeit, long abandoned) railroad spur – and in another account, two military helicopters were used to lift the object from the water and place it in an armoured truck.
Curiously, I too became linked to a rather ridiculous rumour which placed me at the scene as a government agent or high ranking Air Force officer disguised as a UFO field investigator.
But the truth was that I was just a guy who had an interest in the UFO phenomenon and had been investigating sighting reports for about two years prior to the incident. I had been in the US Army 12 years earlier, as a specialist Fourth Class (i.e. not quite the equivalent of a corporal) in the infantry.
I founded UFORIC, the Philadelphia-based UFO Report and Information Center, in 1972 and served as its director until 1980. I also swept the office floor and emptied the waste paper basket. I was simply a student of the phenomenon, not a self-proclaimed expert, and I went to Carbondale because the reported incident interested me. UFORIC was a very small research organisation, consisting of only five volunteer investigators.
Many of our reports were passed on to us by technicians at the Philadelphia Franklin Institute’s Fels Planetarium, several police departments, both commercial and military air facilities and two local newspapers – while direct calls from the public were also received and routinely investigated.
As I entered the community of Carbondale, about 4:30 – 5:00 a.m. on the morning of 11 November, I asked directions to the police station and briefly conferred with detective sergeant Dottle. He informed me that Dr Hynek was dispatching a UFO field investigator from New York State to assist the police in their efforts to identify and possibly recover the object in the pond.
Sgt Dottle then asked if I would assist him until Dr Hynek’s representative arrived and I agreed to do so. I was then taken to the crash site which was cordoned off by two Carbondale police officers and a group of youngsters who were members of the Civil Air Patrol (i.e., aeronautical boy scouts).
There were not any armed troops or technical military contingents of any kind present. But I did briefly speak to an Air Force officer (a major or lieutenant-colonel) at the pond much later in the day. I believe that he was involved with the Civil Air Patrol’s community service related activities at the scene.
I think that the officer’s name tag read “Merriman”. (?) Anyway, several volunteer fire companies from neighbouring communities were summoned and they assisted in the recovery efforts by pumping thousands of gallons of water from the pond as Sgt Dottle, Dr Hynek’s investigator, Mr Dains, Mr Barry of the 20th Century UFO Bureau and I felt that this was a far safer method of obtaining a look at the submerged object than permitting a scuba diver to enter the water.
By first light, several press people and scores of the general public were permitted to visit the site, as various attempts to locate the object were made and radiological surveys were performed. As the morning wore on, the news media people were clamouring for a conclusion to the drama as news story deadlines were rapidly approaching and the crowds which were estimated at between 1500 to 3000 people were becoming larger and larger.
I later learned that perhaps as many as 10,000 people had jammed the roads leading into the city in an attempt to see what was going on. Chief Dottle even had neighbouring community police departments assist with the control of the increased traffic into the area.
It looked just like a scene from a science fiction movie and fears grew that emergency vehicles could not have got through if they were needed. To make matters worse, although we hadn’t a ghost of an idea of what was actually in the water, rumours were spreading like a brush-fire and a few very vocal UFO enthusiasts who were milling about at the site were questioning the effectiveness of the police, fire companies and UFO researchers’ retrieval efforts.
Sgt Dottle began to fear that some minor incident involving the control of the crowds might spark a riot (or a panic) that his small police force couldn’t possibly handle. Sgt Dottle found himself caught in the rather unenviable position of being damned if he did and damned, still, if he didn’t do what everyone expected of him.
He wanted to ensure the safety of the public, his men and the volunteers at the pond, while the media and the saucer buffs in the crowd were chomping at the bit for a quick and spectacular climax to the story. The pressure and anticipation were building with each passing hour, and while Mr Dains and I shared Chief Dottle’s concerns about safety, we were also concerned that the mysterious object in the water be spared from loss or damage by our recovery efforts.
Of course, not everyone was on the same page (i.e. thinking about safety and the preservation of evidence). I distinctly recall one persistent and annoying fellow asking me why we hadn’t used more fire companies to do the pumping. When I replied that we didn’t think it necessary (or prudent) to leave the surrounding communities without adequate fire protection, he grew visibly agitated and said “Well, you should be digging for that damned flying saucer now that the water level is down a bit!”
Somehow, I knew that no matter how far we dug, if we still hadn’t found anything, this guy would be saying, “Just two more feet and a bit to the left!”
In fact, Sgt Dottle had requested the use of a large crane fitted with a massive magnet (i.e., the type used at auto salvage yards) since the pumping operations which commenced a little before noon hadn’t been very successful, and were taking far longer than anticipated to complete.
Silt, mud and assorted bits of trash in the pond were clogging the pumping lines and we even had concerns that the huge magnet might crush whatever was in the water so we opted to use a backhoe to help lower the water level of the pond by digging a drainage ditch from it.
This too, was time consuming and there were concerns that the pond might empty too quickly causing a deluge of polluted (and possibly radioactive) water to engulf the area. It seemed that we would have to send in a diver to take a quick look-see at the object. The diver, Mr Mark Stamey, age 26, was also a volunteer from New York State. He drove to the crash scene with a friend after hearing about the UFO incident on a car radio. He told me that he felt that all the publicity about his assistance with the sunken UFO would be a real boost for his fledgling diving business.
Stamey also asked me to write him a note informing his state parole officer that I had requested he cross state lines to assist in the recovery operations.
I told Stamey that I hadn’t the authority to do that and suggested he speak to Mr Dains or Chief Dottle about his dilemma. I later observed Stamey preparing his diving equipment and assumed that the question of his parole status had been straightened out. So, after briefing him on the scant information we had gathered and conveying our concerns that the object might still be electrified and/or radioactive, the diver slipped into his wet suit and prepared to enter the silt pond.
The UFO researchers were being interviewed by the press and a TV station’s helicopter circled the pond churning up the water. Although we still hadn’t any solid information on what the object in the water might be, Dr Hynek’s representative and I were starting to suspect that the incident might be a prank that the teens had perpetrated on a nothing else to do Saturday night whim.
We thought that perhaps their hoax simply got out of control and took on a life of its own – and that the boys may have been too scared to fess up to what they had done. Of course, it may have been that the boys had witnessed a meteor or a bolide (a large and occasionally exploding meteor) streaking across the night sky and mistakenly assumed that it was the same luminous object that they discovered moments later in the pond. This seemed to be a reasonable notion, as the boys’ description of the aerial phenomenon they had observed was absolutely meteoric in character.
In fact, I had very similar reports on file at the UFO report and information centre, reports that were later verified by technicians at the Fels Planetarium. One report stated, “About twenty stories overhead, a white fiery object with a red light on the underside about centre -flying east to west – it had sparks on the sides and coming from the rear section.” The sighting duration was 15 seconds. (Mr Sanford Epstein, Levittown, Pennsylvania, 14 June 1974 – 9:15 p.m. EST).
Moreover, while attempting to discover who had perpetrated the hoax (if one had been committed?) was one of the field investigator’s tasks, it was quite naturally, primarily a police matter as a great deal of the authority’s time and resources were expended during the 44 hour UFO drama.
The UFO researchers’ interests and responsibilities were to identify the object (if possible) and to preserve any evidence found from damage or loss (if possible). They would also gather eyewitness testimony on the incident to be used in later evaluation and analysis of the matter and in determining the veracity of the witnesses.
But in the Carbondale case, the researchers were also presented with the opportunity and distinct privilege of working with the community’s authorities towards a safe and successful resolution of the incident. Unlike other “downed UFO incidents” where UFO investigators and civilian volunteers were reportedly turned away from the area by the military and police officials, such was definitely not the case at Carbondale.
According to the boys, John Lloyd, 14, William Lloyd, 16, and Robert Gillette, 15, the object that they observed coursing through the evening sky was a relatively ill-defined flaming mass with a shower of sparks trailing it as it rapidly travelled on an east to west course. Report sketches provided by the Lloyd brothers show an oval object with the descriptive words “red, yellow and white” printed under the drawing.
But an earlier drawing by Bobby Gillette looks something like a lens seen on its edge – Gillette’s object also has a red dot in its centre. The teenage trio did not hear any sounds coming from the object as it descended, according to their first oral and written accounts – nor did the boys actually see it plummet into the pond. But one of the lads would later say that he saw cinders falling from it.
My inspection of the alleged crash site revealed that there were no topographical indicators to suggest that something like a plane, a large piece of space junk or a meteor had impacted the pond or the area surrounding it.
There wasn’t any obvious displacement of earth; there was no displacement of water from the pond; there were no indicators of a fire, downed tree limbs or skid marks creating a gouge in the soil like the one which is said to have been evident at the J.B. Foster ranch near Roswell, New Mexico in 1947.
Interestingly, the details of the Roswell UFO story were not very well known by the general public or the press corps at the time of the Carbondale incident, but the reported UFO crash at Kecksburg in the western part of Pennsylvania had occurred nine years earlier and had received some attention by the press. But Carbondale’s UFO (as a structural configuration) was not observed on the ground or while it was in the water. No one knew if it was a disc, a sphere like Sputnik or a cylindrical craft of some kind. There was just the glowing 5 foot circle of light on the water which the boys said had sizzled or softy hissed for several seconds.
Interestingly, while the police were poking around (in search of the submerged object) with a long pole that was fitted with a fish net, the disc of light suddenly charged their boat and one officer instinctively drew his revolver and fired at it!
In the pandemonium of the harrowing moment, the officer lost his balance and fell out of the boat into the silt pond which was said to have had a bottom like quicksand! I was unable to confirm this story with police officials at Carbondale back in 1974, but a deputy sheriff from the neighbouring community of Honesdale, Pennsylvania later told Ohio MUFON’s chief researcher, Mr Larry Moyers, that Officer Joseph Jacobina (or Jacobino) had fired six shots at the on-rushing light.
Reportedly, patrolman Mark Trella (or Eltrilla) thought that he had snagged the object in the fish net at one point while in the boat,but it seemed to be quite heavy and slipped away. It was thought that the attempt had up-ended the object and the light was either facing down into the silt or else, it went out entirely.
When the pole was retracted from the water, it was noticed that the fish net on the end of it was slightly torn. But, the effort was not completely in vain as it was also noted that the 5 foot in diameter disk of light on the water’s surface appeared to emanate from a much smaller point of light at the bottom of the pond.
In other words, the officers had observed an apparent cone-of-light in the water.
When Mr Dains took water samples from the pond, I was surprised to see that the water was basically clear and one could see for about a depth of 3 to 4 feet into it. I observed a discarded auto tyre, bits of trash and a sunken vehicle’s roof and hood areas.
Of course, looking at the daylight reflecting off the water’s surface made the water appear to be more opaque, and at certain angles the pond’s silt floor appeared to give the water a brownish-grey cast. The water was indeed polluted, but it wasn’t very discoloured.
Naturally, when the pond’s silt and muddy bottom were disturbed the water did become very cloudy and murky-looking. The pond was an abandoned coal cleaning breaker pit that had managed to fill up with rain water over the years. Mr Dains and I also walked around the pond with instruments to detect magnetic disturbances; none were noted.
This cone-of-light seemed to be consistent with Sgt Dottle’s early suspicions that the object was probably a flashlight. Moreover, Officer Trella’s remarks that the object seemed to be too heavy to be a flashlight were based on the difficulty that he experienced while attempting to lift the object in the net on the end of a 10 foot long pole.
In fact, he may have even been struggling with other debris, mud and silt on the pond’s bottom at the time (?). Anyway, it seems that the light in the water was visible for a period of six to eight hours – depending upon one’s acceptance of the boys’ reported discovery time or the initial observation of it by the Carbondale police. (i.e. from 7:00-9:00 p.m. on the night of 9 November to approximately 3:00-3:30 a.m. on the morning of the 10th).
It is entirely possible that when officer Trella attempted to retrieve the object in the net and he thought it had slipped away, he may have caused the lantern to fall into another location on the bottom of the pond.
Or he may have merely nudged the lantern which then resettled itself in the silt, thereby creating the illusion that it was rushing towards the boat. Additionally, any fisherman can tell you that lifting things on the end of a pole is strenuous, and that the object being lifted is perceived to be heavier and larger than it really is. NOTE: The above image is real but from another UFO case file.
Hi Ken : I pulled over in the car to take some photographs of some large radio masts that were opposite me in a field. I got out the car and zoomed in on the masts with my Nikon P900 camera and then started to take some photographs. While in the process of doing so, an oval shaped object appeared from out of nowhere and then promptly disappeared. I immediately flick through the photographs on the camera LCD screen to see if I had captured it. After flicking through several photographs I could see that I had indeed captured the object in one of the photographs. Looking at the photo I could see that the oval shaped object had appeared next to the left radio mast before it had disappeared and I got the distinct feeling that it had appeared to let me know that they were still watching me. For years now I have been under surveillance by an unknown alien intelligence and it is definitely due to my deep research into the field of ufology. I have seen and photographed thousands of alien crafts all across Devon and I believe that they are purposely revealing their presents to me and others around the area. I really feel that this is there way of soft disclosure and I truly believe that they want to make their presents known, but can’t because of competing alien forces that may not have our best interests in mind. The photograph was taken at 5:34 PM on the 20th of August 2020, at Paignton Devon England. All the best John.
Case 108695: After football practice, Gerald and his son were returning from football practice near Rocky Mount, North Carolina. It was about 8:30 PM. They had just passed a local farmhouse when they both observed a dark, cigar-shaped object, inclined at an angle and moored to a water pumping station. Confused, they pulled off the rural road a few hundred feet from the pumping station and simply watched for about 10 minutes to see what would happen. Gerald described it as, “It was a dark cigar shaped object with flashing lights of red, green, orange and white going around it in the oblong direction.” There were no pumping station attendants (human or non-human) to be seen, only the oddest of scenes that was otherwise incomprehensible. At the end of the 10 minute observation period, the hovering cigar released itself from the pumping station and gradually rose and followed a local highway westward. The father and son, quite bemused, followed the cigar as it gradually gained altitude, and at one point, according to Gerald, “in a flash of light it was gone”.
The water pumping station was apparently near a river, most likely a small river, as the UFO might have otherwise entered a major river. Submerged, the UFO might have been able to take on a water supply unobserved. Some may wonder how a UFO can become submerged in water. There’s an article in the August 2020 issue of The MUFON Journal in which I explain how some UFOs can travel in space, air and underwater. As an historical point of interest, allegedly five-star General (later President) Dwight Eisenhower observed a USO (unidentified submarine object) emerge from the North Sea and fly off towards the horizon while he was aboard the aircraft carrier, USS Franklin D. Roosevelt. Case Disposition: Unknown NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Alamogordo, New Mexico would be the location of a UFO encounter involving Air Force Sergeant Charles L. Moody on August 13, 1975.
Moody was in the desert observing a meteor shower at about 1:15 A.M. when he saw a glowing, metallic, disk-shaped object falling toward the ground about 300 feet away.
The UFO was about fifty feet long and eighteen to twenty feet wide. As it descended to an altitude of fifteen to twenty feet, it wobbled on its own axis.
Then it began moving slowly and steadily toward Moody. He jumped into his car but was unable to start it. The UFO came to a stop about seventy feet away. Moody could hear a high-pitched humming sound. He noticed a rectangular window in the craft through which he could see shadows resembling human forms. The noise stopped and he felt a numbness crawling over his body.
The next thing he would remember was seeing the object rising up into the sky and disappearing into the distance.
Moody turned the ignition key and his car started immediately. Terrified, he drove off quickly. When he arrived home, he noticed, to his surprise, that the time was 3:00 A. M. He felt that he had somehow lost about one and a half hours. The following day Moody experienced a pain in his lower back.
Within a few days, a rash broke out over his lower body. Upon the recommendation of a physician, he began to practice self-hypnosis in an effort to recall what had occurred during the lost time period.
Over the next few weeks, he was able to piece together an almost complete picture of the events. According to Moody’s subsequent recollection, after being overcome by numbness on August 13, 1975, he had observed two beings approaching his car.
About six feet tall, the creatures wore skintight black clothing. After a brief scuffle with them, he was rendered unconscious. He awoke on a slab inside the craft. His limbs felt leaden and immovable. Next to him stood the alien leader.
The latter was distinguishable from Moody’s two captors by his short stature of about five feet, and the silvery white color of his suit. However, like the others he had a large hairless head, a protruding brow, roundish eyes, small ears and nose, and very thin lips. His skin was whitish-gray.
The leader asked Moody telepathically if he was prepared to behave peacefully. When Moody agreed to do so, the leader applied a rodlike device to his back which relieved the paralysis.
Moody was taken to another part of the ship where he was shown the drive unit, a device consisting of a large rod surrounded by three glass-canopied holes. Each hole contained a central crystalline object with one rod on each side of it. One rod had a spherical head, while the other was topped by a T-bar.
As he moved about the craft, Moody noticed a sweet, stifling odor. He was told that the alien mother ship was situated miles away above Earth. He was promised a future meeting with the occupants but warned that closer contact with Earth men would not be attempted for another twenty years.
The aliens told Moody that he would have no recollection of the incident until about two weeks later. The leader placed his hands on the sides of Moody’s head, rendering him unconscious once more.
An analysis of Moody’s claims by Charles McQuiston, co-inventor of the Psychological Stress Evaluator, indicated that he was telling the truth. Investigator Jim Lorenzen, however, questions a couple of contradictions in Moody’s accounts of the incident. In an early telling, Moody related that the alien mother ship was located 400 miles above Earth. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Thirty-four years ago this month, at the height of a glorious 41-year run that ended in 1994, the former Loring Air Force Base, off to my northwest, was in an uproar about several close encounters of the weird kind.
On Oct. 27 and 28, 1975, unidentified aircraft that buzzed the base, taking particular interest in the weapons storage area of the Strategic Air Command installation, had the base on high-alert status.
With a reporter’s appreciation for the offbeat news story, I cannot help but think of the incident each time I drive through the East Gate entrance to the old base that now is a civilian commerce center.
The story, well-chronicled by former BDN Presque Isle Bureau Chief Dean Rhodes in articles archived in the newspaper’s morgue, also can be found on several Web sites. I Googled “Loring AFB UFO sightings” and found a bunch of them.
Shortly before 8 PM, on Oct. 27, an airman patrolling the Loring weapons dump area saw an unidentified aircraft nearing the north perimeter of the base at an altitude of about 300 feet, its red navigational light and a white strobe light in operation.
At the same time, the Loring control tower got a radar hit from an unknown aircraft 10 to 13 miles east-northeast of the base. Numerous attempts were made to contact the aircraft, but there was no response.
The circling aircraft, described as having “helicopter-like” characteristics, came within 300 yards of the base nuclear weapons area. Loring went into alert mode and an intense ground sweep was conducted by security personnel.
The intruder circled for about 40 minutes before heading toward Grand Falls, N.B., some 12 miles away, where it dropped from the radar screen.
The next night featured a repeat performance. This time, airmen reported seeing a silent orange-and-red object shaped like an elongated football hovering over the runway. It was described as being about four car lengths long, solid, with no doors or windows, and with no visible propellers or engines. It eventually departed in the direction of Grand Falls.
A Maine Army National Guard helicopter out of Bangor was deployed to Loring to assist in the hunt for the interloper. Several years later, UFO investigators Larry Fawcett and Barry Greenwood interviewed witnesses, including CWO Bernard Poulin, a helicopter crew member.
Poulin said radar “was not painting the object that was being reported” by ground troops who had directed his chopper to locations where they were seeing the unauthorized aircraft. Observers aboard the helicopter never could spot the intruder.
Questions and speculation abound to this day. Was it an unannounced test of base security by SAC headquarters? A probe by an unfriendly force? Or (cue the ominous background music) was it a bona fide Unidentified Flying Object of the extraterrestrial upper-case kind, rather than a more earthly unidentified flying object, lower-case version?
Three decades after the event and 15 years after Loring was shuttered, is the incident still considered by the government to be too hot for the public to handle? If so, why?
On the Web site www.rense.com, the son of a former security policeman on duty at the weapons storage area the night of the first sighting wrote that his father, mesmerized, had been watching the hovering aircraft as 42nd Bomb Wing commander, Col. Robert E. Chapman, arrived on the scene.
“He asked my father what the hell was going on, and why he hadn’t called this in to the tower,” the son wrote. “My father’s response was that he had called the tower and they had told him he was full of [bleep], and they wouldn’t [alert] the wing commander because, as they saw it, there was nothing there.”
The colonel contacted the tower and asked the noncommissioned officer on duty to verify the light that the colonel was seeing. The NCO insisted he could see nothing out of the ordinary.
The commander then reportedly told the man, “If the eagle on my shoulder sees that light, then those stripes on your damned sleeve better see it, as well.”
The tower guy quickly replied that he could now clearly see the light.
The answer, authentic or not, endures. So, too, the questions.
Note: Loring Air Force Base (AFB) was a United States Air Force base in the town of Limestone, Aroostook County, in the state of Maine. Loring AFB was the largest base of the United States Air Force’s Strategic Air Command during its existence, until it was transferred to the newly-created Air Combat Command in 1992. (wikipedia) NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Over a period of about three weeks in October and November of 1975, several Strategic Air Command (SAC) bases in the northern tier states were placed on a high priority (Security Option 3) alert because of repeated intrusions of unidentified aircraft flying at low altitude over atomic weapons storage areas.
The Commander-in-Chief of North American Air Defense Command (NORAD) sent a four-part message to NORAD units on November 11, 1975 summarizing the events. See excerpts follow:
“Since 28 Oct 75 numerous reports of suspicious objects have been received at the NORAD CU; reliable military personnel at Loring AFB, Maine, Wurtsmith AFB, Michigan, Malmstrom AFB, Mt, Minot AFB, ND, and Canadian Forces Station, Falconbridge, Ontario, Canada have visually sighted suspicious objects.”
On October 27-28, 1975, Staff Sgt. Danny K. Lewis, 42nd Security Police Squadron, while on duty at the munitions storage area of Loring AFB, Maine, at 7:45 p.m. saw an apparent aircraft at low altitude along the northern perimeter of the base.
Other witnesses were Sgt. Clifton W. Blakeslee and Staff Sgt. William J. Long. The craft had a red light and a pulsating white light.
A teletype message to the National Military Command Center in Washington, D.C., said: “The A/C [aircraft] definitely penetrated the LAFB [Loring Air Force Base] northern perimeter and on one occasion was within 300 yards of the munitions storage area perimeter.”
Staff Sgt. James P. Sampley, 2192nd Communications Squadron, was on duty in the control tower when he picked up the craft on radar nearing the base. He tried to make radio contact to warn the presumed aircraft that it was entering a restricted area.
The craft began to circle in the vicinity of the nuclear weapons storage area at about 150 feet altitude. When it penetrated the nuclear weapons storage area at an estimated 300 feet altitude, Lewis reported it to the command post.
The Commander of the 42nd Bomb Wing, Col. Richard E. Chapman, arrived at the weapons storage area shortly before 8:00 a.m. and security police units were ordered into the area. Security vehicles with flashing lights converged on the scene. Col. Chapman implemented a Security Option 3 alert.
At 8:45 p.m. Sgt. Grover K. Eggleston was on duty in the control tower when a call came from the command post requesting a radar track on the mysterious craft. For 40 minutes he observed the object on radar circling around, then it abruptly vanished from the screen as if it had either landed or dropped below the minimum level of radar coverage.
Witnesses observed the craft flying away toward New Brunswick. Radar tracked it again as it receded from the base until contact was lost in the vicinity of Grand Falls, 12 miles from Loring AFB.
Priority messages on the incident were sent to the National Military Command Center in Washington, D.C., the Air Force Chief of Staff, SAC headquarters, and other major commands. Loring remained on a high state of alert into the following morning.
Efforts to identify the “aircraft” through the Maine State Police, local police departments, and the Federal Aviation Administration office in Houlton, Maine, were not successful.
The next night at 7:45 p.m. a similar craft with body lights again approached the base, tracked on radar, and maneuvered around in the vicinity for more than 30 minutes.
Its speed and motions were similar to those of a helicopter. The craft would appear and disappear from view. Its lights went off and the craft reappeared over the weapons storage area at 150 feet (45 meters).
At about this time Sgt. Steven Eichner, a B-52 crew chief, Sgt. R. Jones, and other crew members spotted an unidentified red and orange object over the flight line. It looked like a “stretched out football” (cigar-shaped) and was hovering in mid-air.
As the B-52 crew watched, the lights on the object went out and it disappeared, but soon reappeared over the north end of the runway, moving in a jerky, erratic fashion.
When it stopped and hovered, Eichner and the others jumped into a truck and drove toward the object. As they turned onto the road that led to the weapons storage area, they encountered the object about 300 feet ahead hovering about five feet off the ground. Its length appeared to be equivalent to about four car lengths.
Sgt. Eichner said that it was like looking at a desert scene. “You see waves of heat rising off the desert floor. This is what I saw. There were these waves in front of the object and all the colors were blending together. The object was solid and we could not hear any noise coming from it.”
The object again was tracked on radar as it departed towards New Brunswick. And once again priority messages about the intrusion were sent to higher commands. No explanation was ever found.
On October 30, 1975, at Wurtsmith AFB, Michigan, about 10:10 p.m., base personnel saw the running lights of a low-flying craft thought to be a helicopter, except that it hovered and moved up and down erratically near the base perimeter.
One white light was pointed downward and two red lights were visible near the trailing edge.
Airman Michael J. Myers, an air policeman on duty near the main gate, saw several unidentified lights near the western edge of the base. The object turned north and appeared to lose altitude.
Between 10:15 and 10:25 p.m., base security police at the back gate of Wurtsmith reported to the command post that an unidentified “helicopter” with no lights had come over the back gate and hovered at low altitude over the weapons storage area.
Radar was also tracking low-flying objects intruding into the base, and an incoming KC-135 confirmed seeing two unidentified craft that sped away each time they attempted to close in for identification.
A teletype message November 2nd from Loring Air Force Base, Maine, Office of Special Investigations (OSI) detachment to the National Military Command Center and OSI headquarters in Washington, D.C., reported another “unidentified helicopter sighted at low level over Loring AFB” over the past two nights (October 31-November 1).
It also referred to the intruder as an “unknown entity.”
Capt. Richard R. Fuhs, Operations Officer, 42nd Security Police Squadron (SPS), ” …advised that there had been three verified sightings of an unidentified A/C [aircraft] flying at low level over and in the vicinity of LAFB [Loring Air Force Base]” during this period. The initial sighting was made by Staff Sgt. Michael D. Scott, 42nd SPS, on duty at 11:14 p.m. Tech. Sgt. David E. Mott, Flight Chief, 42nd SPS, spotted the object from a position near the East Gate just past midnight, flying from east to west.
At Malmstrom AFB, Montana, November 7, 1975, electronic sensors at the Minuteman missile sites triggered an alarm indicating a breach of the K-7 site security at about 3:00 p.m.
A Sabotage Alert Team headed toward the site, and from a distance of about a mile saw a glowing orange object over the area. As they came closer they could see that it was an enormous disc, the size of a football field, whose light was illuminating the missile site.
They reported this to the launch control facility, and were ordered to proceed into the site. But they refused to do so because they were fearful of the consequences.
The object then began to rise and was picked up on NORAD radar at about 1,000 feet. Two F-106 interceptors were scrambled from Great Falls and sped toward the area, but the object continued to rise and disappeared off the radar screen at about 200,000 feet.
As noted in the NORAD Commander-in-Chief’s report cited above, the pilots were unable to obtain a visual sighting.
Later investigation established that computer codes in the missile warhead had been altered. Several other UFO sightings at the missile sites later that evening and next day were documented in military records.
During the same time period as the SAC base intrusions, civilians, police officers, military officers, and NORAD radar saw and tracked UFOs that alternately hovered and darted around at high speed at Falconbridge Air Force Station, a radar site near North Bay, Ontario, Canada.
The sightings occurred between 3:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m. local time, November 11, 1975.
NORAD regional director logs obtained by Larry Fawcett and Barry Greenwood gave some indication of the events, with times expressed in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) or “Zebra” (Z) time.
1205 GMT. “Unusual sighting report” made.
1840 GMT. Jet interceptors were scrambled, airborne at 1750Z “due to unusual object sighting … UFO report from Falconbridge.”
At 0202Z on November 15, 1975, “Report sent to NCOC Surveillance, referred to Assistant Command Director Space Defense Center, and intelligence. These 3 individuals considered the report a UFO report and not an unknown track report.”
A detailed NORAD report on the incidents and a subsequent press release based on it both have been made public. Raymond E. Fowler quotes the NORAD report:
“Falconbridge reported [at 4:05 a.m.] search and height finder paints [radar targets] on an object 25 to 30 nautical miles south of the site ranging in altitude from 26,000 feet to 72,000 feet [appearing visually as like a bright star]. With binoculars, the object appeared as a 100-ft. diameter sphere and appeared to have craters [sic] around the outside…
To date, efforts by Air Guard helicopters, SAC helicopters and NORAD F-106s have failed to provide positive identification.”
On November 13, NORAD issued a press release in Sudbury, Ontario, containing essentially the same information. The press release added that, “Two F-106 aircraft of the U.S. Air Force Air National Guard’s 171st Fighter Interceptor Squadron at Selfridge ANGB [Air National Guard Base], Michigan, were scrambled; but the pilots reported no contact with the object.”
Seven Ontario police officers were among the witnesses to the UFOs that were also tracked on NORAD radar alternately hovering and darting around at high speed.
Capt. Gordon Hilchie, director of public affairs for the 22nd NORAD Region Control Center at North Bay, Ontario, acknowledged: “Yes, we saw this so-called UFO at the same time people outside were seeing it too.”
Lt. Col. Brian Wooding, Control Center Director, said: “We get quite a few UFO reports, but to my knowledge this is about the only one we’ve actually seen on radar, and the only time we’ve gone to the point of scrambling interceptors.
The jets were scrambled because the indications were there was something very evident to a large number of people, and because we did manage to get some sort of radar sighting.”
Del Kindschi, spokesman for NORAD headquarters in Colorado Springs, said the UFO was tracked on radar intermittently for six hours, first spotted 25-30 miles south of the radar site.
The object zoomed from 26,000 feet to 45,000 feet, ” … stopped a while, and then moved up very quickly to 72,000 feet.” The first visual sightings were at 3:00 a.m. from Sudbury, Ontario, as brilliant lights that hovered low in the sky, then suddenly shot straight up at tremendous speed.
Addendum: On September 27, 2014, the UFO Casebook received information from an eyewitness of the events described above. Here is his account:
My name is Garel W. White, Retired USAF and now living in the Seattle Area. I don’t know if you will get this response, but over the years it has become more clear than confusing about the nature of the Wurtsmith UFO incident in October 1975.
Reading about the incident in the early years suggested I was not telling the truth until I now read that 2 UFOs were in the area and split up while being chased by a KC 135 Tanker. One shot toward Saginaw and the other found its way over to our Capehart Gate Housing Area and Motor pool and Munitions Storage.
This is where I became clear on the incident because even in your current story you key on the Capehart Housing Gate Flyover. Here is my story.
Garel W. White, Sgt, stationed at the Main Gate, Wurtsmith AFB approx. 1020 hrs.; almost ½ hour of initially being posted there for the Midnight Shift. I never really noticed the extra activity over the radio because I was busy controlling the small rush of vehicles entering the installation and was normal for that time.
I got a call on the Hot Phone from the Command Post and answered it. The Command Post asked me if I saw anything over the Lake (Lake Huron) just like that! I looked and saw a bright white light that looked similar to the Planet Venus low in the sky.
I reported that to the Command Post and they told me to keep an eye on it and they could give me no more information when I asked what was up? I thought nothing of that and continued to my duty with on-coming vehicle traffic entering the base.
Approx. 10 minutes later the Hot Phone rang again. This time I glanced up and noticed it was not the Planet Venus low in the sky. It was larger and appeared to be coming toward landfall of the Michigan shoreline. I watched it for about a few more minutes as the traffic coming on base died down and I could pay more attention to it.
I noticed another Security Police Vehicle approach with my Squadron Commander Major? I can’t remember his name but I can get it. The white light was approx. 5 miles away when the Major and I watched it approach. I noticed some red lights and a slight swooshing sound as it closed in and stopped almost centered over the Main Gate (Less than 100 feet to the right of the Main Gate) about 150 feet in the air.
It was a piercing white light; so bright you could not see behind it, around it, over it, etc. I felt it was low enough I could pick up a rock and hit it. At this time no traffic entered the base. I stepped off the platform of the Entry Control area, walked about 100 feet from the Main Gate directly under the blinding white light.
It stayed there for more than 5 minutes; whoosh, whoosh, whoosh in 3 second intervals was the only sound I heard. The Major walked over and we were both perplexed to what it was. We were both directly under it. This was for a little less than 5 minutes.
I walked back to the gate and it began to move slowly approx. 2 to 3 mph down the roadway direct line toward the flight line, about 2 miles away from the Christmas Tree Alert B-52s and Alert KC-135 Tankers, illuminating the roadway as it went until approx. 3 blocks away the light went out, then lots of radio traffic.
I don’t know where Michael Meyers was, but he did stop by and compared notes with me. The Major departed after the lights went out to the Command Post. I was told not to speak of the incident, and I didn’t until I was going to retire at Grissom AFB, INDIANA in 1990.
I told a batch of new 1st year troops of the encounter with a UFO when I was in my first 4 years of service.
They said I was pulling their leg until one of them went to his room and came back with a “TIME LIFE” Book on UFOs and listed under Malstrom AFB UFO was word for word of the UFO account except it only said Capehart Housing and not the Main Gate encounter.
I’ve sort of kept my mouth shut until 2003 when I noticed the KC-135 was chasing 2 UFOs in a story starting from Loring AFB and wound up at Malstrom AFB. (I saw the 2nd one!). Now I feel better about the whole incident. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
The following is a statement given by Major Richard R. Shoop, Office of Chief of Tech. Engineering Division, Muroc Army Air Field, Muroc, California, statement given on 11 July 1947
At approximately noon on 8 July 1947, my attention was called to an object in the air by Colonel Gilkey. I observed between five (5) and eight (8) miles to the North what appeared to be a thin metallic object. It appeared to be metallic because the method in which it was flying caused the sun to reflect like an apparently aluminum colored surface. The object moved from an intermediate altitude in an oscillating fashion, almost to the surface of the ground and then started climbing again. It climbed to a fairly high altitude and moved off slowly into the distance. The object appeared to be the size of a pursuit airplane but did not have the shape of a conventional plane. The time that the object was in view was approximately eight (8) minutes. This same object was seen by my wife at the same time.
This statement was given freely and voluntarily without any threats or promises under duress. This statement consists of one (1) page, and is the truth to the best of my knowledge and belief. I have initialed all corrections deemed necessary.s/s richard r. shoop MAJOR, RICHARD R. SHOOP, AC
NOTE: The above image is real but from another ufo sighting.
The authenticity of UFO cases is usually judged by the respectability of its reporters, especially those dealing with abductions. That being the case, the report of an extraordinary series of events from three women from Stanford, Kentucky is highly regarded.
It would be on January, 6, 1976 that Mona Stafford, Louise Smith, and Elaine Thomas would have a terrifying experience with a UFO and alien beings.
The added strength of a well-conducted investigation make this one of the most quoted events in UFO annals world-wide. This report would include not only abduction, but other validating sightings, physical evidence, animal reaction, and electromagnetic effects.
Not only was this case fully reported and researched, it was followed up on; determining the long-range effects on the health and lives of these three well-regarded women.
January 6 was Mona Stafford’s 36th birthday. She was joined by her best friends Louise Smith and Elaine Thomas to celebrate the event, and just have a friendly dinner together. The three good friends took their dinner plans to the Redwood restaurant, which was located south of Lancaster, Kentucky on U.S. 27, thirty-five miles from their hometown of Liberty.
As the three finished their dinner, they started what they thought would be a nice, pleasant drive back to their houses. Little did they know what lie in store for them in what would be a night they would never… could never forget.
As the began journey, it was 38 degrees, with a south wind of 15 mph, and a visibility of 15 miles.
Leaving the Redwood eatery at 11:15, the three women were in a jovial mood as Louise Smith sat behind the wheel of her 1967 Chevy Nova. It should be noted that none of the three had any beer or liquor to drink that night. Leaving Stanford and heading for Hustonville on Highway 78, the three suddenly see a “bright, red” object in the clear, night sky.
The sighting frightened Mona, who thought it was an airplane on fire, and heading for a crash landing. As the glowing object came closer, Smith lost control of the automobile…
The little Chevy was now going 85 mph, a speed never traveled before by Smith. In a panic, she cries, “I can’t hold the car on the road.”
Mona reaches over and tries to help her, thinking that something is wrong with the steering, but she cannot control it either. The car continued its high rate of speed without deviation.
Later, Louise would state, “My foot wasn’t even on the gas pedal.” In a moment, the unknown object was frighteningly close to the Chevy. It followed from behind for a short time, then flipped on its end, coming extremely close to the driver side.
All three women would later recall the same thing. What they were looking at was an enormous, metallic, disc-shaped object with a dome on top, and a ring of red lights around its midsection. The women all saw it close enough to see a yellow, blinking light on its underbelly.
The UFO hung over the driver side of the car for a time before it moved ahead of it on the highway. As it did, a bluish-white light shot into the car, lighting up the interior of the vehicle. Later, Mrs. Smith would describe the inside of their car as being filled with “a haze like air, sort of a fog.”
In a second, all three women suffered from a burning sensation so strong that they could not open their eyes from the irritation. The last thing in the memory of Smith, Stafford, and Thomas was being backed into a pasture entrance in a “crazy manner.”
The entry was flanked on both sides by an old stone wall.
One hour and 20 minutes later, the three found themselves back in the little Chevy, again driving toward Liberty. They were shaken and tense with exposed areas of flesh; painful from the burns.
The three frightened and scared ladies finally arrived at Mrs. Smith’s home, and when they entered they noticed that the clock in the kitchen showed 1:20 A.M., confirming the trip of 35 miles had taken just over two hours. Normally it took about 45 minutes.
They immediately went to the house of their neighbor, Lowell Lee, who confirmed the time loss. Confused as to what to do next, they called the Police station. The next day, they phoned the Navy recruiting station.
Neither of the two calls afforded them any aid. The Navy station did give some of the details of the event to a Lexington TV station. The story quickly reached the press, and was given headline status. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
JANUARY 21, 1976 ….CANNOR AIR FORCE BASE NEW MEXICO
This UFO incident took place in 1976 over and around the Cannon Airforce Base which is located a few miles outside of Clovis New Mexico and was witnessed by a student of Journalism.
Bruce, who works for a major media outlet, witnessed the objects, and the jet aircraft that persued them, and who was fortunate to capture one of these objects on film.
A little background on Bruce around the time the incident took place: Bruce was working in the news department at Channel 3, the PBS station in Portales, New Mexico. In addition to working at the PBS station he held a couple of part time jobs with two of the local radio stations as well.
At that time money was an issue due to Bruce being a college student. Working at the different media outlets it was giving him the experience he needed for his upcoming career in Journalism. One of the overnight jobs Bruce had was in Clovis, New Mexico at KMTY FM 99.1 which was at that time one of the 100 thousand watt radio stations in the country.
First Night’s Encounter With Unknown Objects
On January 21, 1976 Bruce received a call from the radio station manager to see if he would mind working as the station was going to do some performance checks on the transmitter. Bruce would stay out at a remote location where some of the station’s equipment was located. This is how Bruce ended up at the right time, and the right place, to see the events that were about to unfold in front of him in the skies above.
A side note to this story is that Bruce was also a storm spotter for West Texas and Eastern New Mexico. Bruce was given a small kit which held a pair of binoculars, a note pad and a bunch of telephone numbers that he could call if a storm was spotted coming through the area.
Bruce had spent alot of time at Cannon Airforce Base as he was in the civil air patrol. At that time his senior flight instructor had given him his primary flight lessons. Being on the base, and not in the military, Bruce had become friends with a lot of the base personnel. Since he worked at one of the local radio stations he would play requests that were called in from the base security and night maintenance. He got to know them all very well.
Bruce mentioned that Cannon was located between the University of Portales and Clovis and it was common to see the F-111’s and Aardvarks taking off from the base with full afterburners carrying out nighttime flight operations.
Bruce arrived and was sitting in his truck at the location of the transmitter. While waiting for the phone to ring in the transmitter shack he noticed a number of pin-point lights popping up in the sky which appeared to look like light-bulbs on a string. Two of them dropped downward until they reached a lower altitude, stopped and hovered. The lights were seen between his location and the Airforce Base at this time.
While watching these strange objects Bruce grabbed the pair of binoculars he had with him. He describes the two lower lights as the classic saucer shaped craft and they had a bluish glow to them with a red radiant glow on the bottom side of the craft. A small dome shape could easily be seen at the top of each of the two objects.
In his estimation he believes the objects may have been at least 30 to 50 in diameter. The two objects were hovering parallel to one another and then started to move off at a slow rate of speed in perfect formation heading towards the airforce base. Bruce said he followed them with his binoculars for approximately 15 minutes.
The objects flew past a number of buildings which were at the edge of the base and they proceeded to climb in altitude as to where they again looked like a small light in the clear night sky. Bruce said it looked as if the lights on, and in, the buildings were dimming due to the objects being in close proximity. Later after talking to base personnel, this proved to be true, the lights had dimmed, and the objects were noticed by the base personnel.
Bruce usually carried a small camera with him but on this day he had not brought it with him.
Bruce called the station as he was excited to talk about what he had just witnessed. Some of the other people at the station had also been watching the events unfold that night. Through Channel 3’s connections they heard that the objects were widely seen by many that night and by the state police. An article was written on the objects seen that January.
Second Night’s Encounter With Unknown Objects.
The next evening Bruce had gathered together a few people from the newsroom. Since Bruce was staying in a dorm on campus he knew a good number of folks on campus. He was able to get the keys for the door to the roof so Bruce and his friends could sit up on top of the building’s roof to watch the skies just in case something should return. Although a cool night the group stood watching. This time Bruce did bring the camera.
At approximately 12:45 a.m. four objects dropped down from the night sky and started darting around. (This is where Bruce was finally able to capture an image of one of the crafts on black and white film.) As the people observed the objects, the Airforce Base had scrambled the F-111’s jet fighters out of Cannon.
The jet aircraft began trying to intercept the objects. As the aircraft got close to the vicinity of the unknown objects, the objects, at an incredible rate of speed, would shoot across the sky making 90 degree turns leaving the fighter aircraft trailing way behind as they just weren’t able to keep up with the strange craft. As the objects made unusual turns a plasma type glow could clearly be witnessed by the group of people watching the event.
The cat and mouse chase between the objects and jets went on for approximately 45 minutes. Because the witnesses were on one of the tallest buildings in Portales, New Mexico, they could clearly see the flight-line at the Base. One of the men had brought a 150 power telescope which enabled the fellows to see the objects fly at a low altitude over the flight-line. As the objects passed over the lights running down the flight line, all the lights went out.
Eventually the objects shot up and were gone in a second, or so, and the F-111’s were recalled back to the Base and landed safely.
Bruce told me that a couple days after the second night sighting of the objects a couple of the Base security personnel had called and explained how the lights went out over the entire base. Of course, Bruce was asking a lot of questions at this point.
The security officer from the Base told Bruce that everyone at the Cannon AFB were freaking out as they did not know what these objects were. Also the security officer said that the Cannon base was bringing in new light towers from a SAC base in North Dakota to place on the flight line.
The security officer told Bruce to keep an eye on the base as it would be really lit up after the new lighting was installed. A few days later the AFB was lit up brightly. Bruce talked to another military man from the base who said that the base had radar tape of the objects from both nights but certainly did not want Bruce to mention where the information came from.
Because there were others who were there who witnessed the events that took place over the Cannon Airforce Base I will be attempting to contact these witnesses to gather their reports on the event. One other important bit of information to this case is that there is a Freedom Of Information Act document to say that jet aircraft were scrambled out of the Cannon Airforce Base that evening in 1976.
Although there has been no explanation as to why, this still gives us a valuable clue that something very unusual took place that night.
Update: After Bruce went public with his story on the Jeff Rense national radio program, he and his family were threatened.
Bruce called me on July 20, 2004, after he appeared on the Jeff Rense radio program with me on Friday – July 16, 2004, when he told what he saw over the Cannon Airforce Base back in January 21, 1976. Bruce told me on the air that he had taken a black and white photograph of one of the objects that had been observed out-maneuvering the jet aircraft which were scrambled from the Cannon AFB. On July 20, 2004 at approximately 1:30 a.m. Bruce had a disturbing telephone call from an unknown person and the report on this is below.
Bruce wanted to point out to me that he does carry two cell phones with him at all times. One is for business, etc.. and the other is for personal business to keep in contact with family and close friends. He stated that no one had his private cell number as it was not listed and the only people that had this number were his wife, children, and some close friends. His children are grown up and now living on their own.
Bruce kept his cell phones on the night table. His work phone turned off, but the private phone turned on, just in case one of his children might need to contact him in case of an emergency.
As I mentioned above, it was around 1:30 a.m., Bruce and his wife had turned in for the night and were sound asleep when his cell phone started ringing. Knowing that he had his work cell phone turned off he knew it was a call from one of his children, and of course being a parent, he worried as he grabbed for the phone. Bruce answered with a hello and a voice spoke back saying,
“Mr. Bruce (last name). Bruce said there was a very professional sounding gentleman on the other end. The man said he needed to talk to him about a matter of utmost urgency! Bruce still half asleep asked the man who he was, what was this call was all about, especially at this hour of the morning. The fellow said this is about your recent radio appearance and discussion about some photographs that you took back in New Mexico.
At this point in the conversation Bruce said to the man,”you have to be kidding me,” thinking this had to be some kind of hoax, asked who was this. The man said there is no need for you to know who I am. He went on to say, “it would be in your best interest to discontinue this line of discussion and do away with those photographs. Destroy them!”
Bruce at this point is in shock about this man. He looks on the cell phone to see what phone number is displayed and it shows “number not available”. The man told Bruce that “this is no joke and ‘we’ feel that this would be in your best interest, and for the sake of your family, that all of this go away.”
Bruce told the man that if he wasn’t willing to reveal himself then the conversation would be terminated. The man then went on to tell Bruce what his children were involved in, meaning their daily activities, where they lived, etc.., what Bruce’s wife was doing, such as personal activities within the family, etc… and said that he could fax Bruce his life’s history within a few seconds. That was it, Bruce hung up and that ended the call with the stranger.
After this incident took place and some weeks had gone by, a neighbor of Bruce’s caught up with him outside one day and told him that they had been seeing alot of traffic in and out of Bruce’s property. Cars would pull up and stay for a while and then drive off. Other times the cars would pull into the driveway, stop, and men would get out and walk around the home. Then they got back into their cars and drove off. These cars that were coming and going had government license plates on them.
One other interesting fact to this story is that Bruce put together a package for me, Jeff Rense, George Filer and Peter Davenport. In this package there was a copy of the photo he had taken over the AFB. Bruce mailed out the packages to us all and not one of us have received the information. Bruce says he is going to try again and send it through a different means. I hope once I receive the material I can update this story.
So that is where this story stands right now. note: The above image is CGI.
Large triangle object/ craft emitting extremely bright light and deploying smaller lights/ objects
This sighting took place over two nights/ mornings starting on August 4th, 2020.
August 4th, 2020- 0300 hours: I witnessed a large in scale object in the sky in a Northeast position above the State Capitol building in downtown Madison Wisconsin. It was emitting an extremely bright white light that was almost difficult to stare at due to it’s intensity. The object in question was mostly stationary in the sky only varying a pattern of clockwise movement in a minute fashion, and was slowly rotating on axis. In comparison to cargo jets flying nearby it was determined to be at least 4 to 5 times the size of a large jumbo jet (example being an Airbus A380).
The object in question was not a satellite or the ISS due to it’s size, placement within the atmosphere/ sky, and contradiction to ISS flight path per NASA source.
0330: I witnessed several small lights/ lighted objects dart out of the primary object in question, they flew out in all directions toward the horizon. The object maintained a super- vibrant light emission and proximity to the aforementioned.
0400: The object began to slowly move upward in the sky and diminish in size as if moving out of the atmosphere. Just after dawn broke it was gone.
August 5th, 2020- 0300: The object in question returned, but at a much higher altitude/ further distance than the prior night, it again maintained a somewhat fixed position for a period of time though was rotating on axis more. I maintained observation as able while performing work duties.
0330: I observed the object in question intensify and diminish it’s light projection, and begin to move to higher altitude/ outward toward atmosphere, then back to previous altitude.
0400: I observed several of the smaller lights/ objects move from west to east under the primary large craft in question, then spontaneously disappear just low and east of the large object. The large object had maintained the high intensity light emission once again.
0430: The large object in question once again moved upward and outward in a moderate consistent pace out of the atmosphere until it had disappeared from physical view right around dawn breaking. NOTE: The above image is CGI
One of the most bizarre reports of unusual phenomena occurred in 1976 in the Spanish Canary Islands. Although the case features a most extraordinary description of aliens and their craft, the occurrence is extremely reliable in that it includes multiple witness reports which agreed in all aspects of the case.
The phenomenon began on the night of June 22, 1976, as residents of Tenerife, La Palma, and La Gomera began reporting the sighting of unusual lights in the sky.
These lights and their maneuvers were different from anything residents of the area had seen before. Newspaper headlines the next morning proclaimed that “thousands of people” had witnessed a “spectacular phenomena” which lasted “twenty minutes.” The most sensational aspect was the sighting of the aforementioned “sphere” occupied by strange alien beings.
Three days later, the Commanding General of the Canary Island Air Zone named an “Investigative Adjutant” to make sense of the events. His findings were forwarded by a Spanish Air Force General to journalist J. J. Benitez in 1976, and the details of the case quickly reached beyond the scope of the Islands to the outside world. Benitez’s investigation would be the basis of his book, “UFOs: Official Documents of the Spanish Government.”
The case would regain momentum in 1994, when files of the investigation were released as part of the unveiling of Spanish records, a type of “Freedom of Information” act. The 1976 report was massive, containing over one hundred pages of testimony, evaluations, drawings, and more.
The official Air Force report of the incident was headlined by depositions of fourteen witnesses. A type of standard was established with witness reliability based on social status. A doctor’s report was considered a high priority, whereas a common laborer’s report was given little, if any, weight.
In this particular case, this unfair standard did not take away from the acceptance of the facts, since all involved were in full agreement as to what they saw. The report was very detailed, and presented chronologically.
The initial report of the Canary Island UFO came from the Navy’s armed escort ship, the “Atrevida.” The ship was located off the coast of Fuerteventura Island. The ship’s captain gave a detailed report of what he and his crew observed at 9:27 P.M. on June 22.
The entire crew saw an extremely bright yellow-blue light moving from the shore in the direction of the ship, located three and a half miles at sea. Several of the crewmen at first thought they were seeing a conventional aircraft with its landing lights on. The lights soon faded, and a type of beam began to rotate, similar to a lighthouse effect.
Afterwards, an intense halo of yellow and blue could be seen from the fantastic craft. Amazingly, the crew watched the craft for a full forty minutes. The craft seemed to be playing tricks with its lights, as they constantly changed from one form to another. Even though the light show was observed for a long period of time, no signature was evident on the ship’s radar of any flying craft.
Actual transcript-Captain of Atrevida.
“At 21:27 (Z) hrs. on 22 June, we saw an intense yellowish-bluish light moving out from the shore towards our position. At first we thought it was an aircraft with its landing lights on. Then, when the light had attained a certain elevation (15 – 18 degrees), it became stationary.
The original light went out and a luminous beam from it began to rotate. It remained like this for approximately two minutes. Then an intense great halo of yellowish and bluish light developed, and remained in the same position for 40 minutes, even though the original phenomenon was no longer visible.
“Two minutes after the great halo, the light split into two parts, the smaller part being beneath, in the center of the luminous halo, where a blue cloud appeared and the part from which the bluish nucleus had come, vanished. The upper part began to climb in a spiral, rapid and irregular, and finally vanished.
None of these movements affected the initial circular halo in any way, which remained just the same the whole time, its glow lighting up parts of the land and the ocean, from which we could deduce that the phenomenon was not very far away from us, but was close.”
Only a few minutes later, this same object was seen by residents of Canary Island proper. The bulk of the sightings were by citizens of three villages; Galdar, Las Rosas, and Agaete. A cross section of professions were involved; medical doctor, schoolteacher, farmer, taxi driver, and housewife, among others.
A thorough search of records by the Investigator Adjutant determined that there were no reports of “aerial traffic or military exercises at the time of the reports” that could possibly account for the sightings of the unknown object . The Adjutant, for the sake of clarity, divided the investigation into two different categories.
One was the larger craft observed by ship crewmen and others, and the second the smaller globe with the aliens aboard. By his own admission, and consistent with human nature, the Adjutant had no problem believing the reports of the larger craft, but had reservations accepting the orb since occupants were observed which were not consistent with human beings.
The Investigator General’s last word on the subject was: “The fact that a very strange and peculiar aerial phenomena occurred on the night of 22 June is a true and proven fact, as incredible as its behavior and conditions may seem.”
The incredible account of the sphere was submitted by Doctor Francisco Padron Leon, who lived in the city of Guia. His report is the most voluminous of the entire investigation. His background was thoroughly investigated, and he was found to be an upstanding, sane professional, whose word was considered truthful.
Padron had been summoned to make a house call, and commissioned a cab to take him to the location; the town of Las Rosas. As they rode along, the doctor and cab driver were engaged in light conversation. Suddenly, the car lights pointed out a slightly luminous object in the shape of a sphere.
The object was either landed, or hovering just above the ground. The object was made of a totally transparent and crystalline-like material. The doctor and driver both observed stars through the sphere. The object was bluish in color, with a radius of about 100 feet. The lower part of the orb contained a platform of aluminum-like material with three consoles. At each side of the center there were two huge figures from eight to ten feet tall. They were dressed in red, and always faced each other.
The beings were humanoid in shape, with large heads covered with a type of helmet. The doctor, hardly believing his own eyes, asked for confirmation from his cab driver.
“Are you seeing what I am?” he asked.
The driver exclaimed, “My God! What is that?”
The cab was only a short distance from the patient’s house, and upon arriving, the doctor observed a type of bluish smoke coming from a tube rising through the center of the object.
The doctor stated:
“We were talking about hunting… as we entered the last part of the road, the car lights pointed at a slightly luminous sphere that was stationary and very close to the ground, although I can’t say for sure if it was touching it.
It was made of a totally transparent and crystalline-like material, since it was possible to see through it the stars in the sky; it had an electric blue color but tenuous, without dazzling; it had a radius of about 30 m. [100 ft.], and in the lower third of the sphere you could see a platform of aluminum-like color as if made of metal, and three large consoles.
At each side of the center there were two huge figures of 2.50 to 3 m. [8.5 to 10 ft.] tall, but no taller than 3 m. [10 ft.], dressed entirely in red and facing each other in such a way that I always saw their profile.”
“Then I observed that some kind of bluish smoke was coming out from a semi-transparent central tube in the sphere, covering the periphery of the sphere’s interior without leaking outside at any moment.
Then the sphere began to grow and grow until it became huge like a 20-story house, but the platform and the crew remained the same size; it rose slowly and majestically and it seems I heard a very tenuous whistling.”
The sphere grew to an enormous size as it began to ascend into the sky. The doctor ran into the house, and told the family about what he had seen. Running outside, they observed the orb, which was now extremely high in the sky. It reached an enormous speed, accelerating toward Tenerfie.
Finally it dissolved into a smaller size, and disappeared. Another witness, a lady who was a relative of the patient, was watching television when suddenly the screen went blank, and her dogs began to bark outside. Running to a window, she saw the doctor’s cab, and the blue sphere above it. She also noted that the sphere was transparent, with two beings inside. Shocked, she closed the windows and doors, and began to pray.
There were several other sightings of a similar nature throughout the year of 1976 on the Island. The final “official” report was ambiguous at best.
The observance of the craft by all who saw it was accepted as genuine, although no “earthly” explanation was offered for its unique look and behavior.
On the other hand, although the witnesses of the smaller orb with aliens were classified as totally reliable, the actual presence of the beings was questioned. In other words, the witnesses were telling the truth, but what they saw was too far fetched to believe.
No other explanation was forthcoming on an official level, and the Canary Island phenomenon remains today as an authentic, well documented sighting of an unidentified flying craft with occupants.
An extremely compelling case of an invading UFO occurred in Tehran, Iran in September of 1976. On the 19th, the Air Force of Iran began receiving calls from local citizens reporting an unusual, unidentifiable object in the skies.
The Air Force duty officer called the Assistant Deputy Commnder of Operations informing him of the situation, and asking for guidance in how to handle the situation. He knew there were no planes flying at the time that could account for the strange reports.
At first Yousefit thought the edgy citizens were seeing just stars or the planet Venus, but after even more inquiries, he decided to look for himself.
As he checked out the unknown object, he knew immediately that it was no star. It was much larger and brighter. He made the decision to scramble an F-4 jet from Shahrokhi Air Force Base to get a closer look at the unusual object. The plane left the runway at approximately 1:30 AM to intercept the UFO.
The plane sped toward the large, bright unknown which lay some 70 miles north of them. About half-way there, the plane began to experience communication problems.
Instrumentation was also faulty, so the pilot dropped off course, heading back to Shahrokhi. As the F-4 changed course, instrumentation and communication was suddenly restored.
Had the UFO compromised the plane’s functions as it approached, and then allowed them again as the plane dropped from its course?
Another F-4 left the air base, attempting to identify the UFO. As the second jet approached the UFO, they made radar contact. Crew members stated that the size of the radar return was similar to that of a 707 jet. The actual size of the object was impossible to determine visually because of the brilliance of the glowing object.
The jet drew nearer to the UFO.
For a time, the F-4 bridged the distance between itself and the UFO, but even flying above Mach 1, the UFO suddenly shot away from the F-4. This incredible burst of speed was confirmed by the plane’s radar and also visually.
The pilot of the F-4 was not able to gain any ground on the UFO, but managed to pace it as they sped through the skies.
The crew of the plane would later say that the UFO had strobing lights arranged rectangularly. The lights alternated from red, blue, green, and orange in color. The plane’s crew was astonished to see another, smaller object emerge from the large UFO. The plane and UFO were now flying south of Tehran.
The smaller object made a bee-line to the F-4 moving at incredible speeds.
Fearing for their very lives, the pilot aimed an AIM-9 missie at the approaching object, but just as he did, the weapons control panel went off line, and he lost all communication. The only course of action left was to dive to try to avoid a collision with the approaching UFO or weapon.
The approaching object followed the plane into its dive briefly, but then tailed off, and returned to the larger UFO. All functions were again on line as the UFO left the jet behind.
There was never an explanation for what two F-4 jets chased over the skies of Tehran.
The crew members stated that the UFO moved at incredible speeds and had the ability to disable the plane’s instrumentation. This is one of the best documented UFO / Plane chases on record. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Triangular shaped unidentified flying object with three lights at its corners hovering over the Hudson River for roughly 45 seconds.
I took a ride down to my favorite fishing spot just to see if I saw I need fish jumping this evening after I stop at Quick Chek to pick up a pack of cigarettes. I got out of my vehicle and was looking around, I decided since I didn’t see any fish I would take a look up and see what the Stars looked like this evening, I even turned on my Google Sky Map. As I was in miring Jupiter and Saturn brightly shining south of me, I turned to the east, looking towards Brooklyn. Just for reference my fishing spot is located right near cruise port Bayonne for Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines. From this position I have an amazing view from Staten Island to the Verrazano Bridge, all of Brooklyn oh, and the entirety of Manhattan all the way around to the Statue of Liberty and most of the Jersey City skyline.
As I was looking due east I noticed a very large triangular shaped object with three lights at each point of the triangle. It appeared to me to be at roughly 10,000 feet and moving very slow pace. I was trying to train my camera on the object my phone camera does not have enough resume ability 4 me to be able to get a clear picture it was all distorted and pixelated. For even more specificity, from my location it appeared to be above Mars by a few hundred feet. So, the long and short of it is I observed large triangular shaped object moving Eastward slowly for about 45 seconds before it basically cook off at a speed that is unimaginable to me in need Eastern Direction and that was the last I saw of it. I have lived in this town my entire life oh, and this is the first time I have ever seen what appeared to be a UFO over this town. It was absolutely incredible to see. I will never forget it! NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Hi Ken : I was in the back garden taking photographs of Jupiter which was very bright in the morning sky when I spotted something unusual that just seemed out of place. Whatever it was it appeared to be very bright at first but it seem to dull down as it moved. I zoomed in on it with my Nikon P900 camera to see what it could be. I could now see that it was an object that was round in appearance with an inner circle that glowed a golden colour. I thought I could see something moving around inside the inner circle part of the object so I immediately took some photographs. I took four photographs in total and then continued to watch as the object ascended into the sky and slowly disappeared from view. I have witnessed many UFOs with this appearance over the years and I call them centered type UFOs.
This year I have seen a real increase in UFO activity around this area of Devon and now that the U.S. government has admitted that UFOs are real and not fictitious, I believe that it is the right time for the British government to stand up and take the lead in disclosing the truth to the world about the presence of alien crafts in our skies. I firmly believe 2020 should be the year for disclosure. We are definitely not alone in the universe. The photographs were taken at 2:10 AM ON the 8th of August 2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.
John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. His web site is on the right of this page.
FALL OF 1976 ………F.E. WARREN AIR FORCE BASE CHEYENNE WYOMING
UFO sighting at a missile launch control facility and associated missile sites near Cheyenne, Wyoming, in the fall of 1976.
My first name is Bruce. I spent 20 years in the Air Force. The first nine years I served as an enlisted man and the last 11 as an officer. Initially I was very skeptical about all the “UFO nonsense.”
In the fall of 1976 I was a Minuteman III Combat Crew commander on alert with my deputy “Sam” (a lieutenant who had prior enlisted service with TAC units). In order to stay awake that night we monitored radio communication between the topside NCOIC (“Sgt Jones”) and the cops – actually Security Alert Team or SAT. They were on patrol near one of our 10 missile sites which was south about 9 or 10 miles from the Launch Control Facility or LCF.
Sometime around 2 A.M. we heard Sgt Jones ask the two cops to stop the vehicle, look around and report anything that the saw that looked unusual. He gave no hints about where to look or what to look for.
The response at first was that they didn’t see anything. Then a few seconds later, they reported in an excited voice that they saw a pulsating white thing in the sky.
They could see flashing red and blue lights between the pulsations. Jones asked where they saw it. The cops responded that it was to the north about 10 miles and that it looked very close to the main capsule.
Now fully awake, Sam and I looked at each other and wondered what was going on. I called Jones on the hot line between us and asked him about the conversation he just had with the SAT.
He said that right now above the LCF (100 feet or so) was a white pulsating light with red and blue lights visible between the pulsations. He also said it was shaped like a “fat cigar” and appeared to be about 50 to 60 feet long. He was looking at it while we talked on the phone. Jones reported that it moved away.
Sgt Jones called back in a few minutes and said that it appeared to stop a few miles away – very close to one of the Launch Facilities (LF) or missile sites.
We ordered the cops to that missile site but they had to return to the capsule for batteries for their flashlights and other equipment. When they finally headed towards the silo, the pulsating light moved away before they got there.
Over the next couple of hours the pulsating light made stops very close to several more missile sites. Each time we tried to send the cops to the site in question. Each time the cops said they had car problems and/or other equipment problems and never actually made it to any of the sites. According to Jones, some time around 4:30 AM it “whooshed away” and turned into a white dot within a few seconds. The white dot stayed in the sky for a few more seconds and then totally disappeared.
While this was going on, during one of our communication checks with all the other launch control capsule commanders in our squadron we mentioned the object and received some chuckles and ridicule.
Within a minute or so one of the other commanders called our capsule said that he was told by his topside crew that they had the same sort of lights over their missile sites earlier that night but didn’t want to say anything about it in the communications check for fear of ridicule. He said that he had not and would not report the incident to headquarters – again for fear of ridicule.
Sam and I reported it to SAC and Warren Control center right after that call and were laughed at and told to call back if it “ate the cops” we had sent to check it out, which of course did not happen as they never got close to the sites.
Even though we were laughed at each time we called, we made sure that it was officially reported with about 3 or 4 more calls to the Control center. On the final call we insisted that they include it in their log or we would wake the base commander. I wish we had.
The next morning after our alert we were relieved by a new crew and went topside. Sgt Jones was there curled up in a chair. He was wide awake and still quite upset and scared about his experience. We spent some time talking to him and trying to calm him down.
Under promise that we wouldn’t report the SAT actions, Sgt Jones also told us that the cops (SAT) were scared to death last night and had decided they were not going to drive to any of the sites that had “that thing” over it under any circumstances. That explained all their vehicle and equipment problems.
To this day I am convinced that Sgt Jones believed that he saw something very unusual that night and was sincere in his description of the activity. I did not see Sgt Jones again on any other alert duty.
At the next several crew departure meetings all outgoing crews were briefed that this event never officially happened and not to talk to anyone about it. I did not recognize the individual who briefed us at that departure meeting. As a serviceman who followed orders for 20 years I have had reservations about mentioning this incident.
However, in the past several years I have read about or seen on the Larry King TV show cases where similar incidents have been reported by former military members. A former Missile commander – Robert Salas especially comes to mind. Since skeptics appear to have challenged their integrity as well as their memory I think it is time for all of us that have been silent to talk about what we observed. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On April 25, 1977 in Pampa Lluscuma (near Putre), Chile a soldier was in shock after a strange, five-day saga with a UFO. Six members of an army patrol saw two bright objects descending from the sky.
Cpl. Armando Valdes, the patrol leader, set out alone to investigate and, according to the men, simply vanished. Fifteen minutes later, they said, he reappeared, tried to speak and passed out.
The date on his watch had been advanced five days, and he now had about a week’s growth of beard.
Incident: “You don’t know who we are or where we come from but we will be back soon.” These are the strange words uttered by Corporal Armando Valdes, leader of a Chilean military patrol. Just some 15 minutes previously he had been subjected to a mysterious UFO encounter at Pampa Lluscuma near Putre in Chile.
The date was April 25, 1977, and the time about 4:00 AM. Putre is 50 air miles ENE of Arica, a larger city in Chile.
Corporal Valdes was in charge of a patrol on routine assignment near Putre in the early morning hours of April 25, 1977. He and his six-man patrol were sitting around a campfire alongside a wall of stones and mud at the secret army post of Pampa Lluscuma.
They were talking and singing quite a while to stay awake.
Two of the men kept watch several feet away. About four in the morning one of the men. Private Rosales, ran back to Valdes to report that two bright violet lights had landed, one of which was in sight and illuminated the whole area. The light approached closer.
Valdes ordered his men to cover up their fire with blankets. The violet light with a red spot at each end withdrew and then returned closer. The patrol was terrified.
There was no sound with the UFO motion. The Chilean high plateau was amazingly silent. Corporal Valdes stated “after praying to God and ordering the light to leave . . . after demanding that it identify itself, I moved a few meters away from my men.”
The corporal moved toward the object. He disappeared for some 15 minutes. When he reappeared, he was shaking and his voice seemed different. The light had been illuminating the whole area.
As Corporal Valdes reappeared he was heard to utter the words at the beginning of this article.
He then became unconscious and was attended by his fellow men till he awoke some two hours later. The UFO also disappeared about this time.
While the unconscious Corporal Valdes was assisted by his patrol, his men made another strange observation. They saw that Valdes had a beard growth equivalent to several days without shaving. He had been well shaven before the incident. As Valdes awoke he exclaimed, “I don’t remember anything from the moment I left you.”
He then ordered, “Get ready to leave because it’s 4:30 in the morning. It was actually about 7 AM. His calendar watch had stopped at 4:30 but the date was five days advanced – to the 30th instead of the 25th.
These are the bizarre circumstances in the case. Many of the details were related some two hours after the incident to Pedro Araneda, a correspondent and lecturer. The presence of UFOs are not a surprise to Corporal Valdes. He, as well as others in the interior of Chile near Arica, often see luminous UFOs moving about the skies.
Valdes states, “The surprising thing was the way it approached us. As soldiers we are trained to deal with any situation. But this phenomenon didn’t seem to have any logical explanation. I would like to regain my memory of those fifteen minutes. I would even like to submit to hypnosis to draw out information about what happened.”
President and Commander in Chief Augusto Pinochet of Chile has prohibited further interviews with the soldiers. Medical, psychiatric and eventually hypnotic tests are planned for member of the patrol to confirm their stories. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On August 22, 2015 ( I only know the date from my time stamp on my phone) I was sitting at a traffic light when I noticed a glint of light in the sky above. I was at the traffic light for about 1 minute. When I was driving through the traffic light I snapped a few pictures. Then I blinked and it was gone. I don’t know where it went. Pretty cool thing to observe I guess. There was a few other cars in the area. I don’t know if they saw it. It sat stationary and the spun very very slowly end over end? Then I blinked and lost sight of it. Thanks for reading.
This case is under investigation by Chief Investigator Glenn Green of MUFON New Jersey.
Robert Suffern of Three Mile Lake says a spaceship landed about 13 miles northwest of Bracebridge, Ontario, Canada, on October 7, 1975, and he almost ran over one of its occupants with his car. Mr. Suffern said the ship was about 12-14 feet across, nine feet high, and circular in shape. There was a black strip running around the circumference, and what looked to be a small platform at the bottom of the vehicle,” he said. Mr. Suffern said he found the ship while driving around to investigate “a glow in the sky” seen by his sister, who lives nearby, and who telephoned him to say she thought his barn might be on fire.
The ship was parked on a cottage road that led to the lake. He said that a few seconds after he saw it, the ship lifted straight up from the road in front of his car. “There was no dust raised, no apparent thrust, nothing,” he said. “It went straight up and over the trees.” Mr. Suffern said he turned his car around and headed home. However, when he reached the top of the hill, he had to slam on his brakes to avoid hitting “some sort of creature.” The creature, he said, was the height of the car fender. It had two legs, two arms, a globe-shaped helmet, and walked ““ort of like a midget. His helmet was slightly lighter in color and his spacesuit was like tin foil that has been crushed and flattened out,” he said. The creature turned, took three or four steps, vaulted over a fence, and disappeared.
Suffern said he raced back to his house and arrive in time to see the spaceship hover near his home before crossing the lake. He was badly shaken by the incident. “It’s all right to think what you would do if you came face to face with a situation like this,” he said, “but when it actually happens, you are scared because you are dealing with the unknown. I mean what do you do if they come to the door—offer them beer?” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Hi Ken : I was at Goodrington looking down from Roundham gardens at the sea below when I spotted something moving under the water. Whatever it was I could see that it was black and it appeared to be heading right in my direction. With that a saucer shaped object flew out of the water right in front of me before it flew up into the sky and disappeared from view. It happened so fast I could hardly believe what had just occurred. I had been looking through the viewfinder of my Sony HX-300 Camera at the time which had allowed me to capture the whole event in several photographs utilising burst mode.
I then looked around the area for any other anomalous objects and to my surprise I then spotted three objects that were hovering above the cliffs at Brixham. Two of the objects were black while the other one was glowing a bright white. I was just about to take some photographs of them when they all shot off in different directions causing me to lose sight of them. I had spotted four separate objects in total over this area. It really is incredible. The photographs were taken at 4:18 PM on the 6th of July 2020, at Paignton Goodrington Devon England. All the best John.
John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. Johns website is on the list of websites on the right of this page.
UFOs spotted In 1966 NASA Project Gemini Photo—Aliens monitoring?
UFO hunters claimed last week that they have spotted two UFOs in a NASA photo from Project Gemini, the agency’s second human spaceflight program conducted from 1961 to 1966 in preparation for the Apollo Program which landed the first men on the Moon.
The prolific YouTube UFO hunter Streetcap1, spotted in a NASA photo two UFOs making close approach and apparently monitoring the 1966 Gemini XII mission spacecraft. Ongoing speculation in the alien-UFO believers and enthusiasts community is that the luminescent UFOs spotted in the 1966 Project Gemini photo provide evidence that an advanced alien race was monitoring humanity’s first efforts to extend presence into space. Project Gemini was one of NASA’s earliest civilian space programs that started in 1961, following conclusion of the agency’s first human spaceflight program, Mercury.The Gemini flights, launched from Cape Canaveral Air Force Station Launch Complex 19 (LC-19) in Florida, lifted a crew of two astronauts in the launch vehicle Gemini-Titan II on several low Earth orbit (LEO) missions between 1965 and 1966. The project helped NASA develop spaceflight skills — such as extra-vehicular activity (EVA) or “spacewalk,” orbital maneuvers involved in space rendezvous and docking — that made possible the Apollo Program missions that landed a total of twelve astronauts on the Moon from 1969 to 1972. But now in 2014, indefatigable UFO hunters believe they have found photographic evidence that those early efforts in spaceflight attracted the attention and interest of a far more technologically advanced extraterrestrial civilization. But others with a more skeptical turn of mind have pooh-poohed the evidence presented by the YouTube UFO hunter Streetcap1 as a flaw in the NASA photo. We leave readers to make up their own minds what to think about the photographic evidence provided. But according to Streetcap1, who appears convinced that he is on to something big with his Jan. 10 discovery, the original NASA photo below actually shows two alien ships he dubs “The Gemini Twins,” monitoring the Gemini mission.
NASA photo taken during the Gemini mission shows to bright spots in the distance believed to be two alien ships NASA Streetcap1 does not think that the crafts were man-made satellites because in the early years of the space age there were only very few man-made objects in space, thus it was unlikely that the two glowing UFOs revealed in the image were man-made. Don’t mind the fact that the close-up images of the alleged alien spacecrafts provided below by UFO Sightings Daily’s Scott Waring are quite blurred and could actually be unlikely flaws in the original photo. According to Streetcap1, the spacecrafts were likely fairly large ships but can be seen only as small spots on the original NASA photo because they were stationed at a considerable distance from the Gemini spacecraft.
Close-up of UFO monitoring 1966 Gemini. The “two ships are in high detail and are close by to monitor the Gemini mission and to witness human history being made. Magnificent!”
James Townsend, 19, a Long Prairie, Minnesota radio announcer, had a close encounter with a UFO and three “creatures” about 7:15 p.m. on October 23, 1965, on a blacktop road about four miles east of Long Prairie, as he was driving his 1956 model car around a curve in the road. The announcer for radio station KEYL said that as he came around the curve, he saw an upright, rocket-like object straddling the road. It was about 30 or 40 feet high and about 10 feet in diameter, “and seemed to be resting on legs or fins,” he said. “My car engine stalled, the lights and radio went out, and I slammed on my brakes. I stopped about 20 feet in front of it. My first thought was to knock it over with the car so I could have some evidence, but the engine was stalled. Then I got out with the idea of trying to push it over by hand.
“When I got to the front of my car, three creatures that looked like individual tin cans on tripods, and were six inches tall, came from behind the rocket. They didn’t have eyes that I could see, but I knew they were looking at me. I stopped. I didn’t have any desire to get closer. There was no sound—just dead silence. It seemed like ages, as we looked at each other. Then they went up into the rocket, which had a bright colorless light glowing out of the bottom. There was a loud hum. The rocket went up and disappeared. When the light on the bottom went out after it was in the air, my car radio and light came on—and my engine started without having to touch the starter. Townsend said his car has an automatic transmission, and he had placed the selector lever in “park.”
Townsend, a non-drinker (“I don’t believe in it as a Christian.”), said his heart was pounding and his legs “were like rubber. I drove 90 miles an hour back to Long Prairie to report what I saw, but I wondered if people would believe me. I was sure of two things—the rocket (it towered above the trees along the road) was a spaceship of some kind, and the three objects that came out of it were creatures like nothing else in the animal world I have ever seen. They definitely were not people as I know them.” Townsend said the rocket ship took off, looking “just like a flashlight that is turned on and then lifted up from the table with the light at the bottom.” Several hunters in the Long Prairie area claimed to have seen a strong light above them that lit up the ground that night. Other hunters reported seeing a lighted object circle around and around over their farm. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
A strange flying object streaked across the skies above the Theodore Goff farm on the afternoon of the 18th and left behind it a mysterious substance that defied explanation. The strange, seemingly metallic substance, came off the UFO in thin fibers and settled to earth, draping itself like a finely-knit shroud over Goff’s fields, trees, machinery, and power lines. The farm is located near Chadron, Nebraska. “It was about three o’clock,” Goff related, “and I had been working in my shed. I came outside and happened to look up and see this strange ball flying through the air. It was kind of rough and seemed to be rolling as it sped through the air. It was going faster than any airplane I ever saw and it just disappeared from sight when it got out of the sunlight. It made absolutely no noise.”
“Big chunks of it broke off and these fibers began settling down on everything. The ball was about as big around as a tractor tire, four feet in diameter or so and it came out of the southwest going northeast. At first I thought it was an airplane but when I really looked, I just didn’t know what to think. It’s hard to say how high up it was, maybe a thousand feet or more. The fibers cannot be seen with the naked eye except when they are in direct sunlight. Then, and only then, can you see them glistening ghostlike in the sun. They can be felt on the skin like spider webs, but they are much smaller in diameter than a spider web. A human hair seems like a rope compared to the fibers.
“I didn’t really notice the fibers much that day, but the next morning my fields and trees just glowed with the stuff when the sun hit them. You can pick one up, but you can’t really tell if you have one unless the sun hits it just right. It’s the strangest stuff I ever saw.”
Attempts to break the weird strings were to no avail. They seemingly could not be broken apart, but, when a hot cigarette was applied to one of the strings, it did break. The string did not, however, burst into flame or seem to burn. “They’re so fine you just can’t tell when you’ve got one,” Goff said. “You can feel it, but you can’t see it.”
Angel hair or siliceous cotton is a sticky, fibrous substance reported in connection with UFO sightings, or manifestations of the Virgin Mary. It has been described as being like a cobweb or a jelly.
It is named for its similarity to fine hair, or spider webs, and in some cases the substance has been found to be the web threads of migrating spiders. Reports of angel hair say that it disintegrates or evaporates within a short time of forming. Angel hair is an important aspect of the UFO religion Raëlism and one theory among ufologists is that it is created from “ionized air sleeting off an electromagnetic field” that surrounds a UFO. I thinks it similar to how cotton candy is made by sugar.
About 9 a.m. on November 8th, several witnesses in Coco Beach observed two UFOs move in behind an F-l00 jet fighter. Through 7X50 binoculars, and also with the naked eye, they watched as the jet moved across the sky at about 1250 miles per hour. The UFO came up fast and the jet pilot made a tight turn, but couldn’t catch the object. It was learned later that the same object was seen earlier pursuing a rocket launched from Cape Canaveral.
About two hours after the UFO pursued the jet and rocket, a mysterious object which apparently played aerial tag off the tip of Florida for several minutes before shooting into space at 4000 miles per hour was reported by a Pan American World Airways radar expert. Donald Freestone said he picked up the UFO while testing weather radar equipment in the FAA shops at Miami International Airport. Surprised by the unexpected target return on the screen, he called fellow employees. Six of his colleagues confirmed the finding. None knew what it was. “I didn’t believe in such things before,” said Freestone. “But after this happened, I got some books and read up on it. Now I’m convinced it was something that is out of our experience, so far as aircraft is concerned.”
Freestone said the UFO was “four to five times larger than any aircraft observed in the past.” It appeared to be egg-shaped or oval-shaped, and to have a double pattern resembling an hourglass or figure eight. The radar expert said he was working on a Bendix RDR-lA weather radar which FAA uses in some planes to spot bad weather ahead. It is capable of “seeing” storms and thunderstorms 150 miles in the path of planes. With the radar at “zero tilt” – that is, pointed straight out, Freestone first saw the UFO. “It appeared at approximately 65 miles southwest of Miami, at an altitude of between 7000 and 8000 feet. It disappeared and reappeared several times. I found that by turning the antenna tilt up, it could be brought back on the screen. It disappeared once at 70 miles and reappeared at about 55 miles, then moved back to 70 miles. The speed was estimated at 550 to 650 miles per hour.”
“It then moved in to 50 miles and remained stationary for two to three minutes. Then it began going off in the south-southwest direction it had come from. One time it was noticed that the target moved 20 miles in about six sweeps or rotations of the antenna, which rotates at a speed of 20 times a minute. (Calculations indicate that this showed a flying speed of about 4000 miles per hour.) The object was last observed at about 100 miles from Miami, still moving south-southwest. It was watched on the radar screen for about 20 minutes by six other people, from 1l:l5 a.m. to ll:35 a.m. From returns, the target was fairly large, being four to five times larger than any aircraft observed in the past. It had a definite shape and moved on a definite course.” While the UFO activity was in progress in southern Florida, Homestead Air Force Base, south of Miami, was placed on an “alert status.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On November 14th, a major UFO incident occurred over the state of Alabama. Capt. W.J. Hull, veteran Capital Airlines pilot was a UFO skeptic. He had written an article entitled, “The Obituary of The Flying Saucers,” for the Airline Pilot magazine. At 10:10 p.m. on the l4th, Capt. Hull was the pilot of Capital Flight No. 77, approaching Mobile, Alabama, enroute from New York City. Suddenly, he and his co-pilot, Peter MacIntosh, noticed a bright light through the upper part of the windshield. The plane was on a southwesterly course, and the object, looking like a meteor, was railing across their path from left to right. But, instead of burning out, the ‘meteor’ halted abruptly directly in front of the plane. “What the hell is it, a jet?” MacIntosh shouted. As the UFO remained a constant distance in front of the plane, Capt. Hull grabbed his microphone and called Mobile Tower. “Bates Tower, this is Capital 77. Look out toward the north and east and see if you can see a strange white light hovering in the sky.”
Mobile quickly answered that a thick cloud layer was obscuring vision, and asked Capt. Hull if he thought the object was in the vicinity of Mobile. “Affirmative,” Hull replied. “It is directly ahead of us and at about our altitude or slightly higher. We are right over Jackson and have descended to 10,000 feet…” Immediately after the radio exchange, the UFO began to move. It darted back and forth, rising and falling, making extremely sharp turns, sometimes changing course 90 degrees in an instant. The color and size remained constant. “MacIntosh and I sat there completely flabbergasted at this unnerving exhibition,” Capt. Hull reported. After 30 seconds or more, the object ceased its violent maneuvers and again appeared to hover ahead of the plane.
About this time Mobile Tower called back: “Capital 77, we are trying to raise the Brookley Air Force Base Tower.” At this moment, the UFO began another series of “crazy gyrations, lazy 8’s, square chandelles… and then shot out over the Gulf of Mexico rising at a steep angle. It diminished rapidly to a pinpoint and disappeared in the night. Elapsed time: At least two minutes. “The one thing which I can’t get over,” Capt. Hull stated, “is the fact that when it came, it came steeply downward; when it departed after its amazing show, it went steeply upward!” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
One of the most powerful U.S. senators in modern history actually eye-witnessed two UFO’s while on a fact-finding trip through Russia in 1955—and the U.S. government kept the sightings a secret for more than three decades. The incredible encounter is detailed in 12 TOP SECRET CIA, FBI, and Air Force reports—and declassified in 1985. Those startling reports reveal that Senator Richard B. Russell, Jr. (D-GA)—then chairman of the Armed Services Committee—was on a Soviet train when he spotted a disc-shaped craft taking off near the tracks. He hurriedly called his military aide and interpreter to the window—and they saw the UFO, plus another one that appeared a minute later. The astonished trio reported the sightings to the U.S. Air Force as soon as they were out of Russia.
“The three observers were firmly convinced that they saw a genuine flying disc,” says an Air Force Intelligence report, dated October 14, 1955, and classified TOP SECRET at the time. Senator Russell served 38 years in the Senate. He was its senior, and one of the most influential, senators at the time of his death in 1971. He was chairman of the Armed Services Committee from 1951 to 1969, and unsuccessfully sought the Democratic Presidential nomination in 1952. The mind-boggling documents detailing his UFO encounter were made available by the Fund for UFO Research and its chaiman, Dr. Bruce Maccabee. Several key documents were obtained by the group through the Freedom of Information Act. “These long secret documents are of major importance because they show for the first time that one of the most powerful U.S. Senators witnessed and reported a UFO,” said Dr. Maccabee.
The Air Force Intelligence report says Russell and his two traveling companions spotted the UFO’s on October 4, 1955, while traveling by rail across Russia’s Transcaucasus region. “One disc ascended almost vertically, at a relatively slow speed, with its outer surface revolving slowly to the right, to an altitude of about 6000 feet, where its speed then increased sharply as it headed north,” the report states. “The second flying disc was seen performing the same actions about one minute later. The take-off area was about 1-2 miles south of the rail line…”
Russell “saw the first flying disc ascend and pass over the train,” and went “rushing in to get Mr Efron (Ruben Efron, his interpreter) and Col. Hathaway (Col. E. U. Hathaway, his aide) to see it,” the report said. “Col. Hathaway stated that he got to the window with the Senator in time to see the first (UFO), while Mr. Efron said that he got only a short glimpse of the first. However, all three saw the second disc and all agreed that they saw the same round, disc-shaped craft…as the first.” The Air Force report was written by Lieut. Col. Thomas Ryan, who interviewed Senator Russell’s companions in Prague, Czechoslovakia, on October 13, after they arrived there from Russia shortly after the sighting.
In his report, Col. Ryan called the sightings “an eyewitness account of the ascent and flight of an unconventional craft…by three highly reliable United States observers. He added that Col. Hathaway led off his account of the sightings by saying: “I doubt if your going to believe this, but we all saw it. Senator Russell was the first to see this flying disc…we’ve been told for years that there isn’t such a thing, but all of us saw it…”
CIA documents show that the agency later interviewed the three eyewitnesses in the Russell party—and also a fourth person, unidentified in the reports, who had seen the UFO’s. An eyewitness—whose name was blacked out on the CIA report prior to its declassification—said one of the UFO’s “had a slight dome on top” and also a “white light on top.” The edge of the disc was glowing pinkish-white, he added. The UFO rose “vertically with the glow moving slowly around the perimeter in a clockwise direction, giving the appearance of a pinwheel.”
Interpreter Ruben Efron told the CIA that visibility was excellent. As one UFO approached the train, he said, “the object gave the impression of gliding. No noise was heard and no exhaust was heard, and no exhaust glow or trail was seen by me.” After the encounter, Senator Russell told the men with him: “We saw a flying disc. I wanted you boys to see it so that I would have witnesses,” according to the CIA documents. And an FBI memo, dated November 4, 1955, also discusses the sighting—and admitted Col. Hathaway’s testimony “would support existence of a flying disc…” Dr. Maccabee, of the Fund for UFO Research, believes that Senator Russell and his group never publicly revealed their incredible sightings “because they were no doubt advised not to talk. These documents provide startling new evidence that UFO’s exist.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
OCTOBER 5, 1950 ……FLIGHT BETWEEN VAN NUYS AND SAN FERNANDO
When a California Central Airliner left the Burbank-Hollywood airport at 7:55 p.m. on October 5, 1950, neither captain nor co-pilot had any idea they were on a collision course with a UFO. Five minutes after taking off for Oakland, the airliner was somewhere between Van Nuys and San Fernando, climbing at about 4500 feet. Suddenly Captain Cecil Hardin called his co-pilot’s attention to a lighted object approaching head-on. Co-pilot Jack Conroy would later tell reporters that the UFO was only in view for a few seconds before swerving to pass below the airliner.
“It was impossible to say exactly how fast it was going, or how big and far away it was,” said Conroy. “But it appeared to be large, quite speedy and pretty close—perhaps 500 feet away. It was traveling at a terrific speed,” said Hardin, “and the thing that was really odd was that it didn’t appear to have any fuselage. We also felt no propeller wash as the object passed under our left wing,” said the Captain. The co-pilot told reporters the next day that no plane could be expected to display lights in the manner reported by him and Captain Hardin. For both of them had said the object appeared to be approximately 85 feet long, with six to eight bright lights strung along the top, all of them blinking. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
My wife and I were sitting in our far back yard viewing comet Neowise and off to my left (west) I noticed what I thought of as a blue beam. The beam effect could have been due to I wear glasses. Anyways I turned my head and noticed what appeared to be an unusually bright light. Kinda like aircraft landing light being seen head on but only one, not multiple. I got up and walked to the north a bit and saw the light coming through the trees and saw it was heading our way so I ran back and got the camera from my wife and started filming. It looked as bright and intense as a tig wielder but with a slight bluish tint. Did not see any anti collision lights, heard no noise from it at all. I would guess it seemed to be between 1000 and 2000 feet in altitude. That’s all I can think of.
The following is a statement given by 1st. Lt. Joseph C. McHenry, Billeting Officer, Muroc Army Air Field, Muroc, California, statement given on 11 July 1947, to Mr. Thomas A. McMillan, CIC S/A. this station.
The following statement concerning the actual observance of what has been termed as a “flying Disc” or a “flying saucer” is true and correct and it will be noted that the above mentioned observance was made by me personally while enjoying complete health in mind and body.
On Tuesday 8 July 1947, at approximately nine-thirty A.M. (09:30) was in conversation with personnel in the Post Exchange Office. My part of this conversation was as follows:
“Someone will have to show me one of these Disc (sic) before I will believe it.”
Upon leaving the Post Exchange, I went directly to my Office and before entering heard one of our local aircraft in the traffic pattern. Looking up, as I always do I observed the aircraft, and looked slightly to the left, whereupon I observed two (2) silver objects of either a spherical or disc-like shape, moving about three hundred (300) miles an hour, or perhaps less, as approximately eight thousand (8000) feet, heading at about three hundred twenty degrees (320) due north.
When I first observed these objects I called S/Sgt. Gerald E. Nauman, T/Sgt. Joseph Ruvolo and Miss Jannette Marie Scotte who immediately came to where I was standing. I pointed in the direction of the objects, and asked them the question “Tell me what you see up there.” Whereupon, all the three (3) with sundry comments stated, “They are flying Disc”. To further verify my observance I asked them to tell me in what direction the objects were traveling, without indicating their direction myself, and again, all three (3) in a consistant nature stated that the objects were moving toward Mojave, California.
I had time to look away several times and renew my vision of the objects to make sure that they were not any results of eye strain, or in any nature an optical illusion. The objects in question were not repeat, were not aircraft, the objects could not have been weather balloons released from this station, since they were traveling against the prevailing wind, and since the speed in which they were traveling, disqualified the fact that they were weather balloons. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
During the early evening of July 15, 2019, as dusk approached I witnessed in my backyard what I can only describe as a “hole” in the fabric of space. It was a quick event, but long enough for me to observe and mentally register the event. When I saw it, I was unnerved to the point I left the area rather quickly, but the next morning I took a photograph from the observational vantage point and doctored it in PowerPoint to capture what I saw.
The Event: I had my head down, dragging a pressurized water hose out to the garden. As I ame around the corner of the house, I looked up and observed what is shown in the image. It was about 15 to 18 ft away from me and appeared as a black hole in space, infinitely deep. It hung there for a moment, then suddenly zipped to the right at a high rate of speed, disappearing behind the building shown in the photo. I stood there stuned for a moment, and then quickly moved forward to look around the corner of the building. There was nothing unusual to be seen.
Description: As it moved to the right, there was a bit of optical distortion along the left edge. That is, as it moved the edge itself remained sharp, but the view of the world adjacent to the edge was somewhat wavy, like looking through optical refraction you might see from hot air coming off a sun-baked road. It did not change size or shape as it moved and disappeared from my field of view behind the building. There was no sound or air movement as it moved away. It was not flat in space, rather the equivalent of a twisted trapezoid sheet opening. All of the edges were sharp and well-defined. As shown, there were a few sparkles of light in the lower right hand corner, similar to stars but bluer in color. There were a few pinpoints of light that were brighter than those shown, but the overall size and intensity is basically correct.
The image I put together is not perfect, however it is a very close, solid representation of what I saw. Nothing however can capture the infinite depth or blackness observed through the opening. NOTE: The above image is the witness rendering.
Avoyelles Parish has connections to a UFO mystery that goes back 49 years. Gordon Heath from Surrey, British Columbia was in Marksville recently to investigate the background of Lt. Felix E. Moncla who disappeared along with another crew member, Second Lt. Robert L. Wilson, over Lake Superior on Monday, November 23, 1953.
According to Heath, who is a UFO hobbyist, Moncla was on temporary assignment at Kinross Air Force Base in …(sic. Michigan)… when he was sent to identify and unidentified craft over the Soo Locks, which is restricted airspace. Moncla, in an F-89C, pursued the craft for about 30 minutes flying at 30,000 feet over the middle of rolex replica Lake Superior. He was flying about 500 mph when he was instructed by ground radar to descend to 7,000 feet.
When the unidentified craft was finally on radar it was noted that the two radar images, the UFO and the Air Force jet, were very close and at some point they intersected but only one remained. Heath says that the unidentified craft flew north and disappeared from radar.
Lt. Moncla’s jet mysteriously disappeared without a trace.
Heath, who is a computer systems engineer, has been interested in UFO’s for quite awhile and replica watches while surfing the Internet found the story about Moncla and the incident that caused the jet to disappear. To add to the mystery, there were no remains of the jet found and no remains of either pilots’ bodies.
Lt. Moncla graduated from Moreauville High School and received a BS degree from Southwestern Louisiana Institute. He was attending the LSU School of Medicine when he applied for a commission in the Air Force and called to active duty after the outbreak of the Korean war. He was the son of Yvonne and Felix Moncla Sr. and was married with two small children when he was killed in the flying accident.
There is a memorial stone for Lt. Moncla in the Sacred Heart Catholic Cemetery in Moreauville. The inscription reads: “Disappeared Nov. 23, 1953 intercepting an UFO over Canadian Border as Pilot of a Northrup F89 Jet Plane.”
Heath was in town to talk to members of the family and friends of Moncla and asked if any one has any information that he can use to please call the newspaper at 253-5413
EXCERPT FROM “THE FLYING SAUCER CONSPIRACY”, by Donald Keyhoe
…Under Section III any pilot who reveals an official UFO report can be imprisoned for one to ten years and fined up to 10,000 dollars. (Title 18, U. S. Code, 793)
Three months later, in December, 1953, I discovered the second order, which carries court-martial penalties. For several days I had been checking on a strange story from Kimross rolex replica (sic) Air Force Base, near Sault Sainte Marie, Michigan. The facts had been hurriedly covered up, after a brief Air Force admission…
It was the evening of November 23, and wintry darkness had settled over Michigan. At an isolated radar station Air Defense operators were watching their scope in a routine guard against possible enemy attack.
Suddenly the “blip” of an unknown machine appeared on the glass screen. The Ground Control Intercept officer took a quick look. The “unknown” was flying over the Soo Locks–and no aircraft was scheduled near that important target. Whatever it was, it had to be identified swiftly.
In less than two minutes an F-89 from Kimross (sic) Field was streaking toward the locks. At the jet’s controls was Lieutenant Felix Moncla, Jr., a veteran at 26. Behind him was Lieutenant R. R. Wilson, 22-year-old Oklahoman, acting as radar observer. Guided by Ground Control, Moncla climbed steeply toward the “unknown.”
Back at GCI, the controller watched the jet’s blip on his glowing radarscope. As it moved toward the UFO’s blip, the strange craft changed course. The controller called Moncla, gave him the new bearing. From the scope he saw that the F-89 was now over Sault Sainte Marie, though to the crew the city’s lights would be only a blur, quickly lost behind.
The UFO, flying as fast as a jet airliner, was heading toward lake Superior. At over 500 miles per hour the F-89 raced after it, out across Whitefish Bay.
Nine more minutes ticked by in the tense quiet of the GCI radar room. Gradually the F-89 cut down the gap. By now, the controller knew, Wilson should have spotted their quarry on the fighter’s short-range radar. Watching the chase, he cut in his microphone and called the flight’s code name.
“Target should be visual. Still bearing–“
He broke off, staring at the scope.
The two blips had suddenly merged into one.
Whether the strange machine had abruptly slowed or Moncla unaccountably had put on full power, no one in the room could tell.
But one thing seemed grimly certain: the two machines were locked together, as if in a smashing collision.
For a moment longer the huge, ominous blip remained on the glass. Then it quickly went off the scope.
Marking the position, the controller flashed word to Search and Rescue. Moncla and Wilson might have bailed out in time. Both had life jackets and self-inflating rafts; even in the icy water they might survive for a little while.
The mystery craft and the F-89 had come together far off-shore, about 100 miles from Sault Sainte Marie and 70 miles from Keweenaw Point. As quickly as possible, search planes with flares were roaring over Lake Superior. After a fruitless night search, boats joined the hunt as American and Canadian flyers crisscrossed a hundred-mile area.
But no trace was ever found of the missing men, the F-89–or the unknown machine…NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Three Contra Costa County, California boys say they saw an object resembling a flying saucer land in West Pittsburg, CA on the night of May 20, 1977. They fled when unknown creatures came toward them, walking like robots and surrounded by smoke or steam vapor.
The Center for UFO Studies, directed by J. Allen Hynek, considered this to be one of only three credible humanoid encounter cases of the year. Since that time there has been some second guessing of this case though it is a lesser recognized close encounter. I have also included 3 other reports during a small flap in 2006-2007 in the same East Bay area of Pittsburg:
Police officers and scientists who interviewed the boys said all three told the same story, in detail, in separate interviews, and said the three boys were genuinely and deeply frightened by whatever they experienced that night.
This incident has now gone down in the record books as one of only three apparently credible cases of a “Close Encounter of the Third Kind” reported in the United States that year, according to the Center for UFO Studies in Evanston, III.
The center, directed by J. Allen Hynek, has a number of distinguished scientists as investigators and consultants.
The center was established recently as “a place where people can report UFO incidents without fear of ridicule and with the assurance that there will be a credible follow-up investigation,” according to Richard Haines, a psychologist tor a government agency, who as a hobby helped investigate the West Pittsburg UFO sighting.
Haines was impressed by the depth of similar detail in the separate stories told by the three 14-year-old boys. However, he noted, there is no independent corroborating evidence by other eyewitnesses.
The boys are not expert observers (such as pilots or ship navigators). There were no UFO radar sightings that night. There were no obvious marks on the ground or magnetic changes in the earth at the supposed landing site when Haines visted the location a month later.
There is a chance this could be a hoax or some kind of illusion, he said, noting that there are many possible psychological interpretations of such a story told by boys from broken or incomplete homes who were out late at night, in a strange, dark place.
He noted that the boys reported getting only brief, ill-defined views of whatever it was they encountered. Further interviews under hypnosis probably would not produce more details.
For these reasons, Haines concluded, “I do not believe that the evidence which now exists, as of this time, warrants further investigation.”
This incident in Contra Costa County has gone into the international record books. People interested in the question of unidentified flying objects will be talking about it and writing about it for years.
For that reason, it is worth examining in some detail.
As a historic event, the incident at West Pittsburg is one of the last reported sightings of allegedly alien creatures to have occurred in the United States before the advent of the movie “Close Encounters of the Third Kind.” The movie made UFO-watching a popular backyard sport in the United States.
The three boys, then 14-years-old, who reported the sighting are:
• Lennie Young, who then lived with his mother, Mary Clark, at 10 Roberts St., West Pittsburg. He now lives with grandparents in Walnut Creek.
Lennie said he is familiar with the area and has spent “many nights” in the meadow where the sighting happened and “knows” that what he saw was not human beings walking in the darkness.
• George Ferrera, son of Muriel Wilder, of 320 First Avenue South, Pacheoo. He had never before been to West Pittsburg and came to town to spend the night with his friend Patrick, who used to live in Pacheco. Police said George was the calmest of the frightened trio on the night of the sightings. His mother said he still has nightmares about the event. “I think he saw a UFO,” Mrs. Wilder said.
Patrick Morrison, who then lived at 90 Bay View Avenue (around the corner from Lennie Young) in West Pittsburg. The boys fled in terror to Morrison’s home after the sighting. His mother, Wanda Morrison, recently remarried and they now live on Clear Land Circle.
Sometime before 11 PM, the three were at a grassy field north of Willow Pass Road near Mallard Slough Road, in an area between the Santa Fe Railroad tracks and the marsh at the edge of Suisun Bay.
They were considering hitchhiking to the nearby community of Shore Acres or going to “The Pump House,” a nearby unauthorized gathering place for local young people.
The pump house, which is near the reported UFO landing, site, is a castle-like structure of concrete and steel, complete with a moat and a bridge, housing the pumps which during some seasons lift fresh water out of the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta for the Treated Water Division of the Contra Costa County Water District.
According to the story the boys later told to Haines and to Contra Costa County Deputy Sheriff Douglas Pendleton, they saw a group of bright red lights, apparently joined together, with a blue light flitting like a firefly around the other lights. They said the object flew away rapidly (covering what on the map would be more than three miles in about five seconds) and then came back and landed nearby.
The descriptions vary somewhat, but all remember it having a row of square lights, like windows, with one “window” larger than the others. None of the boys called it a “flying saucer.’ Young said it was “round but flat.” Ferrera compared it to a flying building. Morrison recalls lights blinking on and off and reflecting from the sides of the flying object.
Then, the boys said, emerging from darkness between themselves and the UFO they saw three creatures 50 to 150 feet away, barely visible in the light from two street lamps and a nearby liquor store.
Lennie Young remembers, “‘They were like smoke. They were black. They had no faces. I don’t know if they had arms or heads. It was like they had no clothes on. They were walking towards us. They were about 5 feet 6 inches to 6 feet tall.
“I’ve stayed out all night in that field several times and I know what people look like walking in the dark. They were not people, they were something else.”
Pat Morrison said, “They wore weird looking, walking slow. They looked like they were wearing long skirts over their heads. They were black. They walked as if they were linked together,” (like figures in a chain gang).
George Ferrera remembers them as “gray objects, with a kind of human shape, but no eyes. They walked like robots.’ George’s mother said since that night the youth has had nightmares and refuses to go back to West Pittsburg. “His friends had a hard time convincing him to go see the movie ‘Close Encounters of the Third Kind’ Mrs. Wilder said.
Haines said that as the boys fled in terror to Pat Morrison’s house, they said they looked back, and for a while the figures seemed to be following close behind.
Mrs. Morrison called the sheriff’s office.
Pendleton said all three gave the same story and offered to take a lie detector test. The boys did not appear to have been drinking or using drugs, Pendleton said. The deputy said the boys appeared to be genuinely terrified and one boy was shaking badly.
Haines stated that:” I found that the three boys had a consistent story with a level of detail present that does not appear to have been manufactured. If they had made up the story, they would have had to remember it very well. Their fright was very real,” Haines said.
He determined that the weather was clear and it was unlikely that the boys were seeing their own shadows reflected on ground fog. He said no American airplanes carry the colors described by the boys. He made a magnetometer survey of the grassy field and found no evidence of magnetic changes or scorched grass or holes at the supposed UFO landing site.
While the pyschologist was making engineering surveys, a well-known engineer was trying to probe into young Ferrera’s unconscious memories, but found the boy was not a good subject for hypnosis.
James A. Harder, a professor of hydraulic engineering at the University of California at Berkeley, investigated the West Pittsburg sighting in his capacity as director of research for the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization in Tucson, AZ.
Harder said there was no physical evidence at the scene and his talks with the boys Indicated, “There was nothing more we could recover other than what they had already talked about.”
Allan Hendry, editor of the International UFO Reporter said, “This is a 50-50 case if there ever was one.”
Hendry said he talked to the airport tower supervisors who were on duty at the time at Oakland, San Francisco and Travis Air Force Base and said there were no reports of UFOs-by pilots or on radar that night.
He said two aerial advertising firms in Oakland were not flying at the time. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
AUGUST 12, 2019….. Garden State Parkway (near Atlantic City Xprsway, Exit 38 B), NJ Shape: Triangle Duration:2 minutes
Illuminated Triangle craft hovering 50 feet above NJ Garden State Parkway heading into oncoming traffic
8/12/2019 9:16pm…. My husband and I were driving North on NJ Garden State Parkway a few miles away from the Atlantic City Expressway entrance to exit 38 B. To the left of Parkway some distance away above the tree line I noticed two bright white round parallel lights heading east and then quickly turning south onto the parkway.
Then suddenly, all these bright white lights appeared and illuminated a 40 foot triangle craft. We could not believe what we were seeing.
The craft kept moving slowly towards the traffic, the lights looked like they dimmed slightly and then craft dropped to about 50 feet above the road and hovered above the parkway. Cars were passing under it.
Light was shining through the windows on the top of the craft.
Bottom of the craft had many bright white lights of varying sizes along with raised areas and small square indented panels that looked like glass that emitted soft white yellow lights. Craft was light metallic silver color. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
On March 7, 2020, at approximately 0056 hours, I was on routine patrol traveling east on US HWY166 East of Bartlett in Labette County, Kansas. At approximately U166 HWY and Udall Road, I observed a very bright Solid star-like circular light hovering over a field on the south side of the highway. Initially I thought the light was possibly a very bright star or possibly a visible planet. As I continued west on the highway, I noticed I was getting closer to the light. The light appeared as if it was only approximately 250’ to 300’ above the field. My first thought was that the light may have been a cell phone tower, even though I was almost certain there were no cell phone towers at the particular location. On the highway, approximately East of Scott road, I found myself parallel from the light/object. I observed a large circular white light on the ground directly below the object. The circular light on the ground appeared to be approximately 100’ in diameter. The circular light on ground looked as if it was casted from the light/object above. As I was driving past the light/object, I looked through my driver’s side window to see if the light was suspended in the air by a structure or tower and observed nothing. My next thought was the light must be from a helicopter. I rolled the drivers side window down on my patrol unit listening for the sound of a helicopter, but there was no sound to be heard. Confused, I decided to turn around. I proceeded East on U166 back toward the object. The object remained in the same spot it had been, only for seconds longer, then took off Eastbound at a high rate of speed. The object continued East and disappeared a few seconds later on the horizon. I logged the incident with my dispatch on our secure channel and returned to my normal patrol duties. Later I was able to go back on my Patrol units in car video and choose a record after the fact option. From the video, I screen saved a zoomed in photo of the light.
I am an air traffic controller for Minneapolis Center. This evening at 1900 ((local/Central)) the pilot of an air carrier (heavy) that was under my control reported two flights of two aircraft. There were no other aircraft in the vicinity at the time. He said they were 15 miles in front of him at 35,000 feet traveling away from him in a westerly direction. The UFO’s stayed out in front of his aircraft for approximately 15 minutes until the pilot said that the UFO’s were so far out in front of him that he could hardly see them anymore. After being relieved of my duties I reported it to my supervisor who put me in contact of the Military Air Defense. The person at the other end of the phone said that they saw no objects in the area of this aircraft.
((NUFORC Note: We have communicated multiple times with this witness, and FAA Air Traffic Controller, as well as with the Supervisor, mentioned above. They both confirm that no radar returns were visible on the Controller’s radar screen at the time of the incident.
The case has been forwarded to the National Aviation Reporting Center on Anomalous Phenomenon (<www.narcap.org), Executive Director, Mr. Ted Roe, and Chief Scientist, Dr. Richard Haines, Ph.D., former Senior Research Scientist at NASA’s Ames Research Center in San Jose, CA. The case is under active investigation, and audio and radar data will be requested from the FAA with a Freedom of Information Act request.
We express our sincere gratitude to the personnel in the FAA who saw to it that the information was forwarded to our Center!! NOTE: The above image is CGI.
A UFO that hovered over a golf course in Memphis, Tennessee was truly enormous, say two police officers who stood almost underneath it.
“It was about as long as a football field and fifty to seventy-five yards wide,” said Patrolman Troy Todd. He and his partner, Patrolman Jerry Jeter, were definitely impressed.
“It was three hundred to five hundred meters above us and we could see the whole belly of the craft,” Jeter said.
The two were members of the police department’s Tactical Squad, men who are specially chosen for their coolness, intelligence and special skills with weapons. Three other members of the squad saw a similar object earlier in the evening but at a greater distance.
“I believe what I saw was an unidentified flying object and I believe it was some aircraft not of this earth,” said Todd, then twenty-nine.
The two men reported seeing the object hovering over a municipal golf course in the southern part of Memphis about three thirty in the morning of May 17, 1977. They got out of their unmarked police van and watched the object for two or three minutes.
As members of the Tactical Squad, they carried special weapons with them. Jeter took a rifle with a telescopic sight out of its case to get a better look at the craft. He said that as soon as he shouldered the rifle and pointed it at the object to look at it through the scope, the object shot off across the horizon in an instant.
It was an awesome sight and marked the end of a strange night for Todd, Jeter and three other officers.
Four and a half hours earlier, three other members of the Tactical Squad – Patrolmen John Birdsong, Michael Davidson and Forrest Bartlett – saw a triangular-shaped object lit up like “a Christmas tree” as it flew over a police substation in the northern part of the city.
TRIANGULAR OBJECT SPOTTED
Birdsong was going off duty at the time and the other two were just going on duty. The three said nothing to anybody at the time about their sighting.
However, later in the night when Jeter radioed the central dispatcher and said he and Todd had sighted a UFO, Davidson asked them by radio if it was triangular in shape and had multicolored lights.
Jeter replied yes. Until then, neither he nor Todd had said anything on the radio about the object’s shape or lights and had given no other details. All five officers believe they saw the same object.
Of the two sightings, the one by Jeter and Todd was more spectacular. They had been driving an unmarked police van south on Interstate 240 in the city when Todd spotted something in the sky.
“I was driving and as we approached the Norris Road exit I observed to my left, which would have been to the east, a triangular-shaped series of lights over some high tension towers,” said Todd.
“I really didn’t know what I had seen. It was a long, triangular-shaped series of lights approximately thirty five to fifty feet above those towers and it tapered down to a narrow point.”
He asked Jeter it he had seen it but Jeter said no.
“I couldn’t figure out exactly what it was so we went underneath Alcy Road and turned around on the median and went back up to the same location,” said Todd, then an eight-year veteran.
“Both Jeter and I looked over those high-tension wires and we couldn’t see anything at all. So we proceeded northbound on the expressway to South Parkway, turned around and came south and this time we both observed it approximately five hundred feet above the Pine Hill Golf Course, which would have been to the west off the expressway.
“This was approximately in the same line where I had a seen it before but it was at a greater height and it was on the other side of the expressway. So I drove the van up onto the Norris Road exit, we stopped and got out and watched it for two or three minutes.
“It was a triangular-shaped object with white, red and green lights on it with a white glow about the silhouette itself.”
DEFINITELY NOT A HELICOPTER
Jeter, a police officer for nine years, said that at first Todd thought he’d spotted a helicopter hovering over the power towers.
“When we both saw it he said, ‘There it is again!’ and I said, ‘Well, it’s not a helicopter.’ It was elongated and looked like a triangular type shape. This object made its way over to the golf course and turned and was just hovering or standing still over the golf course.
“We pulled up this incline and got out and were looking at this object. In my estimation it was three hundred to five hundred meters high and we were at a slight angle from it, not directly under it but a real slight angle and we could see the whole belly of the craft.
“It had red and green lights flashing alternately on it and it looked like what were either portholes or real dim lights along the side of the craft. I really couldn’t tell because they were so dim but it lit up the craft so you could see it, and to me it looked like a metallic craft.
“We had a telescopic rifle sight in the van and I was going to get it out and look at it. By the time I got it out of the case and everything and got it up to my shoulder, this craft turned slightly, two red lights came on on the rear and it just shot out over the horizon.
“This thing moved at such a speed it was unbelievable. It shot out of sight.”
Todd said that when Jeter shouldered the rifle, the object “began to move off in a northerly direction at a reasonably slow speed. There was no sound made from the object. The white and green lights went off. They were no longer visible to us but the glow was still visible around the silhouette.
“Then two red lights came on on the rear of it. Whether they were lights or not I’m not sure but when those two red lights came on it sped out at a tremendous rate of speed and disappeared over the horizon in just a second to a second and a half. We were barely able to keep it in our eyesight.
“That night the weather conditions were extremely clear. Visibility was fifteen to twenty miles, I would say, because we were at the top of the expressway looking north.”
NOTHING ON RADAR
Jeter got on the radio to the central dispatcher. “Todd didn’t want to call. He said they’ll think we’re crazy. I said, what the hell, let’s calI. I don’t give a damn. So I called the dispatcher and said how about checking with the air control tower (at Memphis International Airport) and see if they have any craft in this area.
“He (the traffic controller) checked and said no, they didn’t show anything on radar. He said, ‘Why?’ and I said, ‘Well, we saw what we figured to be a UFO’ and everybody started coming on the air,” Jeter said, laughing.
“And the catcalls started,” added Todd.
Jeter said the dispatcher told him to switch to Channel Six so Patrolmen Davidson and Bartlett could talk to them.
‘We didn’t say what shape it was or anything,” Jeter said, “and they came on and said was this object triangular or pyramidal in shape and we said yes it was. They said they were standing out on the parking lot at the substation and it came streaking over at twenty three hundred hours.”
Both Todd and Jeter said the craft made no noise as it hovered above the golf course nor when it moved off.
“It was huge,” said Jeter. ‘I would say a hundred meters in length. Tremendous. We went back and looked at those towers after it was over and those towers are seventy-five meters apart. This thing was overlapping them.”
Todd described his initial sighting and said, ‘It was sitting with the nose off one side of one tower and the tail off the side of the other.
“My first sighting of it was a side view. It was more of a delta-wing shape. It had a flat bottom with a taper from the top of a flat back which I would say was thirty five to fifty feet high and it tapered down to a small point.
“When we observed it the second time, when we both observed it, we were looking at it from the bottom and it was triangular shaped. It was a silvery, gunmetal color.”
KIND OF BAMBOOZLED
When asked what he thought when he saw the object, Todd replied: “We were kind of bamboozled but in my opinion it was definitely a flying aircraft from someplace. It was something I had never seen before and it was of tremendous size.
“Something of that size that could hover the way it was would have to make some type of noise. I don’t know if the United States has an aircraft that can hover without making noise but I don’t believe so.
“When I made the initial sighting it was more of confusion and wonder at what I had actually seen. And then on my second sighting and seeing it cross the horizon like it did, I knew what it was.
“In my opinion I believe what I saw was an unidentified flying object and I believe it was some aircraft not of this earth.”
All five men worked out of the North Precinct on Old Allen Road about fifteen miles northeast of the golf course. It was in the substation’s parking lot where Patrolmen Birdsong, Davidson and Bartlett spotted the object earlier in the night.
“We were sitting in the parking lot on the west side of the substation talking,” said Birdsong. He and Davidson were facing north and Bartlett, sitting on the trunk of a car, was facing them.
“I looked up and saw an object going overhead and told Davidson, ‘Look, there goes a flying saucer,’” said Birdsong. “I didn’t know what it was and Davidson looked up and we tried to get Bartlett to look around. He thought we were just kidding.
“He wouldn’t look at first and finally he turned around and looked and said, ‘It looks like a flying Christmas tree.’ It was shaped like a triangle and it had lights all around it and underneath it. It was traveling at a pretty good speed.”
Bartlett said that when he did look around he saw “a triangular-shaped object just going by. The point of it was to the front and there were multicolored lights. They were a soft yellow to a bright orange with some greenish tint.
“We Just laughed and wondered what it was. Nobody had any real comment or anything because we heard no sound or anything.”
Some time later Birdsong and Davidson heard Jeter and Todd say on the radio that they’d seen a UFO. “We got them to switch to Channel six so we could talk to them and Davidson asked them if it was a triangular-shaped object and had multicolored lights, and they said. ‘Check.’ So then we knew right off it was the same object we had seen earlier.”
The object made no noise, Davidson said. “It was pretty high up. The lights were more or less like a Christmas tree. It had lights around it and in the center also, different colors. Green, white and yellow were the ones I remember distinctly. They were separate, individual lights. They didn’t blend into each other.
“We just shrugged it off. We thought it was something from the naval air station.”
A spokesman at the Millington Naval Air Station, located eight miles north of the police substation, said no craft similar to the one the men described was based there. He said the radar at the station is shut down at eleven o’clock each night and would not have picked up anything at the time the officers spotted the UFO.
Memphis Police Capt. Paul J. Acerra, who was the duty officer the night Jeter and Todd reported spotting the UFO, said: “These officers are all mature men with good judgment. To get into the Tactical unit you have to be above average. All of them are responsible citizens. They would not make up anything like this. None of them.”
Ed Becton, a supervisor in the Federal Aviation Authority air traffic control tower at the Memphis International Airport, said: “The next day we had calls from maybe fifty different reporters, radios and TV stations about this. We checked with all the air traffic controllers on duty at the time and they had nothing on radar in the area of the golf course and they saw nothing visually.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
In 1977, the Brazilian island of Colares was visited by flying objects of an unknown nature. Nearly all kinds of UFOs were seen; some big, some small, saucer shaped, cigar shaped, luminous or not. They arrived from the North every day, from the sky and also sometimes from underwater, and it lasted for months.
Regularly, some Island inhabitants were targeted by the objects, sending strange rays to them, and many were badly hurt, with two reported dead. The Army intervenes, the press follows. 35 people were hurt by the strange rays, and many fled from the Island.
The events mainly concentrated on the city of Colares, about 2,000 inhabitants, on Colares Island, which is in the region of Pará, the delta of the Amazon river on the northeastern coast of Brazil. But the whole region was visited by the same phenomenon. Which has brought many ufologists to visit the city.
Beginning in August of 1977, in the island of Colares, a strange phenomenon began to occur, that the Brazilian call Chupa-chupa.
Strange luminous objects appeared over the few towns of the region. These objects were often projecting thin rays, seemingly of light, directed at the people. The touched people fainted and woke up with a strange anemia. They stated that they felt as if some of their blood was removed by the strange rays.
The fisherman Manoel João de Oliveira Filho, aged 44, married and residing at No. 64 rua Carneiro de Mendonça, was strolling towards the beach early one morning with some companions, to spend a day at sea fishing.
Before they had arrived at their boats, they saw – above the Rio Novo beach – an object shaped “like an umbrella” stationary at about 4 meters from the ground. From its under-part came a vivid white light.
No sound was detectable from it from where they were standing. The object then moved away silently towards Machadinho, turning off the light as it went.
A carpenter named João Dias Costa (aged 44) and a fisherman, Joao da Cruz Silva (aged 54), both of Colares town, saw the notorious “luminous spheres” so greatly feared on account of their “low skimming swoops”.
Another man from Colares town, Sr. Zacarias dos Santos Barata (74) saw the glowing balls on two nights. The first time, the object came from the direction of the Bay of Marajo, and rapidly vanished towards the interior of Colares Island.
On the second night another ball, blue in color, flew over the local football field. “It lit up all the trees around the field and then vanished towards the town’s center,” said Sr. Zacarias.
Sr. Sebastiao Vernek “Zizi” Miranda described his experience as follows:
“I was there with my wife, Palmira, in front of the church on the sea-front, when at about 8.00 pm, we saw an intensely vivid “orangish” light coming in from the sea towards the town. As it approached, it climbed, and then, moving rapidly, vanished towards the inner part of the Island.”
The barber Carlos Cardoso de Paula (aged 49), living at Travessa Deodoro da Fonseca No. 231, had a still closer encounter with the “lights”, as he himself relates:
“Everybody else was asleep. I was just still having my last smoke when suddenly a ball of fire entered our house up near the ridgepole of the gable. It started shooting round and round the room, and then finally came right close to my hammock.
“It ran up my right leg as far as the knee (without touching my skin). I watched with much curiosity as it then moved across to the other leg. Then I started to feel feeble and sleepy. My cigarette fell from my hand and I came to and let out a yell. The fireball quickly vanished and everybody woke up.
“I think it had been searching for a vein in my body but didn’t manage to do so. As its brightness grew, I felt a sort of heat coming from it.”
Worker Raimundo Costa Leite, very well known in the town of Colares for his skill in making and repairing fishing nets, described his own experience:
“At about 4.00 in the early morning, I went with my pal “Baixinho” (Orivaldo Malaquias Pinheiro) to fish off the beach at Cajueiro. As I recall it, Baixinho shouted, ‘Look! There it is!’ and took to his heels, leaving me alone on the beach.
“The craft was of the size and shape of a helicopter, made no noise, and was flying very high.
“I could have taken a pot-shot at it if I had had a gun with me. I was terrified when the machine shone a sort of searchlight down on the beach. That light was sweeping the ground, illuminating everything! It was a bluish light (sort of ‘cold light’).
“It made it easier for me to see this because the craft had several small reddish lights beneath its front part… The craft seemed to be seeking something on the ground.
“I was scared that it would touch me and, despite my poor physical condition, I managed to run quite a distance, and then Baixinho returned and helped me. The object had come from the direction of the sea and it headed off into the inner part of the Island.”
Actually, so many more people reported being attacked by beams of light from small UFOs in this area that only few of them are mentioned here.
On October 20, three women were hit in the breast by the beams of light: “All three were overcome by tremendous nervous tension and an unknown sort of lassitude as though they were receiving constant electric shocks,” wrote a newspaper.
On the evening of October 29, Benedito Campos and his seventeen-year-old wife Silvia Mara were at home when “they spotted an oval, silvery object emitting a greenish beam like a searchlight towards the room where they were lying.
“Filled with curiosity, they approached a small window and, as they did so, the beam shot in through it, and made straight for Silvia, throwing her into a sort of benumbed trance-like state.”
Silvia, who was pregnant at the time, then fainted, whereupon two entities apparently entered the house carrying something resembling a golden torch and “once again the beam struck Silvia, this time hitting her in the left arm at the level of the wrist.
“Her veins seemed to ‘rise up out of the body’ so swollen were they by the beam striking them.”
Later, while at a neighbour’s house, Benedito was also briefly paralyzed by a light beam. Fearing a miscarriage, husband and wife were taken at night by boat to the Mosqueiro Medical Clinic, followed all the way by the UFO, which made no further attempt to harm them.
They remained there for three days while the wife recovered, but Benedito “was in a state of severe depression for some days, his motor functions disturbed and, as his mother reports, weeping frequently.”
The UFO activity over Colares Island was so intense that the people began to think the “Chupa-chupas” were trying to make some sort of contact with them. Such was the view expressed by Sr. Raimundo Ferreira “Mimi” Monteiro. He still believes the craft were coming up out of the sea or out of some underwater base located in the Bay of Marajó, possibly in the region of the Caldeirão.
Alfredo Bastos Filho, a former town mayor, confirmed this and said: “Yes, indeed I can tell you, there wasn’t a moment of peace. The populace were terrified by that “Chupa-chupa” affair. I even managed to see one of the injured victims myself – Dona Mirota, a lady who was receiving medical treatment at the Health Clinic.”
The locals became so frightened that many of the women and children left town. The men that remained lit bonfires to mount guard at night, letting off fireworks and banging tins whenever they saw the Chupa-chupas approaching.
Others locked themselves in their homes for fear of the phenomenon. It was mentioned later that the more din people made and the more bonfires and fireworks, the closer the craft came.
By November 1977 doctor Wellaide Cecim Carvalho, the physician in charge of the health unit on Colares Island, took care of to some 35 people claiming to have been touched by the strange light.
She took blood samples, and concluded that the victims suffered from generalized hypertermia, superficial chronic headache, burnings, intense heat, nauseas, tremors in the body, giddiness, asthenia and presented very small orifices in the skin where they were hit by the rays.
She wrote: “All of them had suffered lesions to the face or the thoracic area.” The lesions, looking like radiation injuries, “began with intense reddening of the skin in the affected area. Later the hair would fall out and the skin would turn black. There was no pain, only a slight warmth. One also noticed small puncture marks in the skin. The victims were men and women of varying ages, without any pattern.”
In describing their experiences with these light beams, most victims claimed that “They were immediately immobilized, as if a heavy weight pushed against their chest. The beam was about [seven or eight centimetres] in diameter and white in color. It never hunted for them but hit them suddenly.
“When they tried to scream, no sound would come out, but their eyes remained open. The beam felt hot, ‘almost as hot as a cigarette burn,’ barely tolerable. “After a few minutes the column of light would slowly retract and disappear.” Most symptoms usually disappeared after seven days. “
At Agulhas Fincadas, Mrs. Maria Lopes, inhabitant of Vila Gorete, to the margins of Rio Tapajós, in the neighborhoods of Santarém (Pará), tells her case involving “strange devices” that absorb energy from human beings, known as Chupa-Chupa.
“I saw an object to settle quiet in the bushes here close… It had left two men and a woman, who had started to move with two fishing,” counts Maria.
Other people in the place had been paralyzed when observing the scene.
Many had hurt themselves when trying to escape one of the strange objects. In many cases, the marks left by the rays on the victims skin were marks that could have up to eight small holes. In these occurrences, the Chupa-Chupa term was proven right as many of them had lost up to approximately 300 ml of blood, from these wounds.
This was the case of Claudomira, resident in the Island of Colares. She claims that her family already did not sleep right with fear of the devices.
“In one of these days, after midnight, I woke up because of a strong flash, a sort of focussed bright green light ray that came down from the top roof to my left chest. I tried to shout, but my voice did not function. I felt an esquisite heat… Later, that beam of light diminished and I saw that I was burnt.”
Claudomira told that she sighted a strange object, much similar to an umbrella, from which a being of clear skin, oriental eyes, and great ears.
According to her, the creature was dressed in tight green clothes and had a sort of pistol in the hand, which emitted the luminous beam. At this moment, Claudomira felt perforated as by needles on her breast.
“After this, I felt a migraine headache and a great weakness, that left me collapsed for several days.”
The next day, she had been directed to the Sanitary Unit of the town, where she was taken care of by Doctor Wellaide Cecim Carvalho, who sent her to the Medical Institute Renato Chaves, in Belém, for backup examinations.
Her ill-being and the constant migraines lasted many days, followed by fatigue and weakness. Years later, Claudomira still did not feel cured.
“My health never came back to be the same since that night.”
She is not the only one to have passed for such situation. Some estimate that thousands of people, also men, had suffered the attacks of the Chupa-Chupa in the years between 1970 and 1980, and they still occur today, though less frequently.
“Emotional and physical sequels are very common in these cases,” affirmed Dr. Wellaide Cecim Carvalho, who took care of Claudomira.
Although she was skeptical and she believed that the occurrences of Chupa-Chupa were popular belief or some witchcraft, Dr. Wellaide ended up convinced of the veracity of the cases when she was confronted with their increasing frequency.
“With the increase of hurt people, I started to give more attention each time in the existing injuries. I saw things that do not exist in my medical books,” she said.
According to her, the victims of Chupa-Chupa presented strangest burnings, not as those provoked by fire or hot water, as she thought herself, but very similar to ones produced by cobalt irradiation.”
The injuries varied in intensity. First it started with an intense reddishness in the hit area, known as hiperemia. Later, the skin of the affected region started to fall (alopecia) and days later the skin peeled off.
In this period of development, said Wellaide, it was possible to note holes, similar to perforations by needles.
One of the most interesting cases she took care of happened with a lady who had cardiac problems. She arrived at the doctor’s office very nervous and immediately she showed her left breast, in which were two strange holes.
She complained of giddiness, shortness of breath, and weakness – characteristic symptoms already known by people hit by the phenomenon. The doctor tried to calm her and she returned to her home.
But at about 03:00 pm, however, Dr. Wellaide was called to the residence of the woman, who had become very sick. Her whole body was still, and she gasped for air, but she did not have fever and did not vomit.
Seeing the seriousness of the situation, the doctor took her to a hospital in Belém.
Hours later, she received the medical papers and the certificate of death forwarded by the Medical Institute Legal Renato Chaves, which stated a heart stroke as cause of the death.
The intriguing fact is that at no time, doctors in Belém had mentioned something about the injuries on her body and did not even say if they had effected backing examinations.
Regarding the possible effects of the UFOs on the supply of electricity, Sr. Geraldo Aranha de Oliveira (aged 37) of the C.E.I.P.A. (Pará Electricity Plant) explained:
“In 1977 the C.E.I.P.A. sub-station consisted of three Scania 125 kw engines supplying light to the city from 6 pm till midnight. I don’t recall having ever seeing a UFO over the plant. I merely remember that, at that period, lots of lightning conductor rods were burnt out and, at times, some fuses too.”
COMAR (Comando Aéreo Regional, the Regional Air Command of the Brazilian Air Forces), arrived in Belém, and made a series of researches in the region, under the project name “Operation Plate.” (Operation Saucer)
Captain Uyrangê Bolivar Soares Nogueira de Hollanda Lima, head of information office, directed all the operations in the region. During the investigations, the Air Force obtained four films and hundreds of photographs of flying disks in the basin of Marajó.
They also were a great help to the population, providing psychologists assistance, to eliminate the panic that sized the entire region.
The beams of light from the craft were described as being so bright that they resembled those used to illuminate night sporting events. They were “always sharply defined, directed with perfect precision towards any target – houses, people, boats, trees, even the Brazilian Air Force’s helicopters deployed over the island during the investigations.”
On one occasion, one of these powerful beams is reported to have forced one of the helicopters to land, although the exact technical reason is not given. (Giese, 1996)
According to a statement by Sr. Sebastião V. Miranda, former resident of Colares, “the Brazilian Air Force spent more than 35 days in the town, and installed various devices near the Bacurí beach.”
Sra. Alba Câmara Vilhena, a married lady living at 683 rua 15 de Novembro, added: “At the time of the “Chupa-chupa” everybody was scared to sleep at night, and so almost every night we went away to be with relatives. On one occasion some people saw one of the craft. It was round, and all luminous.
“Just at that moment, a helicopter of the F.A.B. (Brazilian Air Force) was flying quite near to our house. Then we saw the UFO direct a very powerful beam on to the helicopter, obliging it to land on the São Pedro Airfield. That happened at about 8.00 pm one evening.”
Professor Raimundo Sebastião Aranha said: “At that period I was closely connected with some of the Air Force’s enquiries. They were seeking more information about the “Chupa-chupa.”
He said the Air Force had with them masses of equipment: cars, helicopters, radio transmitters, cameras, powerful glasses, etc. He recalls that, in addition to the rank and file Air Force recruits, there was a whole group of officers, and he had the impression that there was a foreigner among them.
“The helicopters that appeared from time to time, bringing materials and personnel, attempted to chase the UFOs but without much success. Indeed, on the contrary, it was the UFOs that chased them!”
One night several months later, on May 24 1978, a journalist and photographer, who had been sent to cover the local UFO encounters, were in their car when despite the heavy rain they were woken up “by a powerful beam of light which – however unbelievable, it may seem – passed through the metallic structure of the roof of the vehicle.”
Not surprisingly they leapt out of the car to see that “a tube-shaped light beam, about [twenty-five centimetres] in diameter, was coming down from above onto the roof of the car and passing through the metal panelling.”
On this and other occasions, they managed to take numerous photographs which they claim that their newspaper later sold to “a North-American group.”
On another night while trying to use flash equipment to photograph one of these craft “the UFO emitted such a vivid beam of light that it smashed the windscreen” of their car. (Giese, 1996)
Several newspapers started to write that the alleged UFOs were weather balloons, or secrets satellites, although there was no possible reason to think that. Local authorities were of course extremely angry because of such articles. Elói Santos, councilman of the old Enclosure for bullfighting stated:
“It is not possible to deny that Belém is, today, a frightened city. We are not technicians, and we do not argue with the conclusion of the authorities. But we did surprise them with declarations of the witnesses who saw light crossing their roofs to penetrate in their skin, removing a little of blood and leaving visible marks of needles and burnings on their epidermis.”
During the “Chupa-chupa” wave, many new “sighting zones” emerged, such as Pinheiro and São Bento in the State of Maranhão, and Viseu and Bragança in the State of Pará. Some areas indeed reached such a ‘level of saturation’ that rarely a single night passed without UFO sightings.
One of these “ufological epicentres” was over the bay called the Baía do Sol (Bay of the Sun) and had a direct effect upon the Island of Mosqueiro. Mosqueiro is one of the most important of the islands, and it is the biggest, belonging to the municipality of Belém.
Public concern was immense, all the men banding together at night to organize watches, with bonfires and fireworks, thinking these would deter the craft. But nothing seemed to stop the UFOs, not even the Air Force’s film men and their cameras – and even less the journalists from the Estado do Pará!
There were frequent and regular sightings of mother-ships, probes, and flying saucers, all performing incredible manoeuvers over the Bay.
A 61-year-old widow, Elisa da Silva, residing on rua do Bacari, was one of the witnesses in that year (1977). One night, from her house, she saw a flying saucer appear. Vivid white light came from small windows or apertures on it. Seen from below, she said, it seemed quite dark and quite flat. It vanished towards the South, in total silence.
In the opinion of some of the members of the GUA (Amazonian Ufological Group) based in Belém, there exists, or there did exist for a considerable time, at some point beneath the Baía do Sol (“Bay of the Sun”) a concealed base for extraterrestrial probe craft. Such an idea would account for the constant appearances, in recent years, of unidentified flying objects over the region.
In 1981, one woman who had been exposed to the UFO beams in Colares died, although it is not clear that her death was clearly related to the attack.
In 1986, not far from Colares, two persons on Crab Island were discovered “badly decomposed by heat” amid numerous sightings of balls of fire in the sky; cause of death “not known” in either case.
Same area, different time: a “ball of fire” seriously burned three men out cutting wood on Crab Island; one of the woodchoppers died.
One of the two survivors, Edmundo, had a gaping electrical-type burn injury on the side of his chest, an almost perfect replica of the chest burn suffered by Jack Angel in Georgia in 1974.
In 1993, again in Colares, a 32-year-old missionary and a 40-year-old domestic worker died, a month apart, as a result of close encounters with UFO; according to Ufologist Bob Pratt, these women were “both burned on the throat and the chest, as were most of the other people the doctor treated.”
Said Pratt: “I know of about ten deaths that have some connection with UFO close encounters.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Twice a day the C&O railroad sent a trainload of 35 to 40 empty box cars north out of Columbus, Ohio, to pick up processed food at the Fostoria Distribution Company warehouse 3 to 3 1/2 miles north of Fostoria, Ohio.
The warehouse is located on the north side of Jones Road, and east of three main line tracks. U.S. Route 23 is located over 200 yards to the west of and parallel to the tracks. A church sits on the east side of Route 23.
In order for the train to move the box car load into the warehouse, the front part of the train must operate from the eastern most main line track.
In addition to the engineer in the train cab, a conductor is needed to work along side the cars to uncouple the empties and couple up the full cars for the return trip to Columbus. A breakman works at the end of the train inside the warehouse. All communicate by walkie-talkie type radios.
On this night, possibly the 21st of October, the engineer who we shall call Howard J. Albert, was sitting in his locomotive cab on the main line track. It was cold and clear. Several box cars had been cut loose and were parked to the south of the switch track to the warehouse.
The engine was coupled up to the rest of the cars which were being moved into position within the warehouse.
At about 3:20 AM, Howard saw what looked to be a shooting star to the west; it curved down out of the northwest. He was sitting in his cab facing southbound. The first box car blocked his view in this direction.
The light came down in the field toward Route 23 between him and the church. Slowly, at about the speed of a walking man, it came toward him across the field. It was approximately 16 feet off the ground and stopped on the other side of the tracks between four and five box car lengths away – 180 to 270 feet.
Howard picked up his radio and called out to his conductor who was about seven or eight car lengths down the track, “Donald… come up to the engine.” Donald replied by radio and asked what was happening. Howard answered, “Hey, we got a g- d— UFO up here.”
By this time the UFO had moved to within two car lengths of the track.
The object was “birthday cake” or disk shaped, about 90 feet in diameter, and 45 feet high. It was brightly lit, with banks of nine vertical “tubes” separated by a dark void space that reflected no light. Short horizonal tubes ran over the top and bottom of these voids.
The bottom of the disk could be seen; it appeared like ceramic and was “the color of a common kind of knife sharpening stone… gray with a trace of lavender.” No windows, ladders, antenna, or markings of any sort were observed. There was no sound associated with the disk.
The disk was slightly tilted and rotating counter clockwise. Both Howard and Donald used their railroad stop watches twice to time the speed of rotation. The speed was 9 rpm. They could not say what was used as a reference point for the timing, but are sure their estimate was accurate.
The object glowed yellow. Electric-like energy arcs ran around the disk in a clockwise direction. They were blue in color. As the arc touched the tubes, the tubes lit up. When the center of the tubes were touched, the ends lit up. When the ends of the tubes were touched by the arcs, the centers lit up
At one point the tower operator In Fostoria, hearing radio conversation between the three men, called and asked, “Hey, Howard, you got a UFO out there?” Howard replied, “Yes, Merv, we got a UFO up here. He’s damn close.”
Merv then asked, “Do you want the cops up there?”
The reply was, “Nol They can’t drive up to where we’re at. And if they do get here, they’ll probably shoot at It. It isn’t hurting anybody. We’re playing games with it.”
Howard turned on his train cab headlight for a two count and then turned It off. The object lit up very bright for a similar period of time and then dimmed down. Howard turned his light up twice and then turned it off again. The object reacted in kind and then dimmed down.
Testing his engine, a General Motors Model 3900, he increased the output to 1500 amps.
The engine worked. The object did not respond. The walkie-talkies worked, as did the base radio on the train.
After about 22 minutes, the object started spinning faster and faster and got as bright as it had earlier when it responded to Howard’s head light signals. Suddenly, without a sound, it took off up and to the northwest until it looked like a yellow star. That is how they last saw it when they returned to work.
When the object was close across the tracks something told them that they should stay on the train and not cross the tracks. They also seemed to know that if they blew the train whistle the object would leave.
Howard thought that the object’s occupants were observing their engine, a relatively uncommon model, and in turn were allowing them to observe their craft.
The conductor heard the radio description of the object, but only got up to the engine in time to see it as a yellow star-like object high in the northwest sky. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
NOVEMBER 16, 1977 …….ALSWORTH AIR FORCE BASE SOUTH DAKOTA
This UFO incident allegedly occurred at Alsworth AFB in South Dakota, about 7 miles southwest of Nisland, Dakota.
At 2059hrs., 16 Nov. 1977, Airmen 1C Phillips, Lt. A.Lims Security Control, telephone WSC. reported an O2 alarm activation at L-9.
Lims SAT #1, A-1C Jenkins & A-1C Raeke were dispatched, (Trip #62, ETA 2135hrs.)
At 2147hrs., A-1C Phillips telephones WSC and reported that the situation at L-9 had been upgraded to a COVERED WAGON PER REQUEST OF Capt. Stokes, Larry D., FSO.
Security Option 11 was initiated by WSC and Base CSC. BAF (Backup Security Force) #1&&2, was formed. At 2340hrs., 16 Nov. 77, the following information was learned:
Upon arrival (2132hrs.) at Site #L-9. LSAT. Jenkins & Raeke, dismounted the SAT vehicle to make a check of the site fence line.
At this time Raeke observed a bright light shinning vertically upwards form the rear of the fence line of L-9. (There is a small hill approximately 50 yards behind L-9)
Jenkins stayed with the SAT vehicle and Raeke proceeded to the source of the light to investigate. As Raeke approached the crest of the hill, he observed an individual dressed in a glowing, green metallic uniform and wearing a helmet with visor.
Raeke immediately challenged the individual, however; the individual refused to stop and kept walking towards the rear fence line of L-9. Raeke aimed his M-16 rifle at the intruder and ordered him to stop.
The intruder turned towards Raeke and aimed a object at him which emitted a bright flash of intense light. The flash of light struck Raeke’s M-16 rifle, disintegrating the weapon and causing second and third degree burns to his hands.
Raeke immediately took cover and concealment and radioed the situation to Jenkins, who in turn radioed a 10-13 distress to Line Control. Jenkins responded to Raeke’s position and carried Raeke back to the SAT vehicle. Jenkins then returned to the rear fence line to stand guard.
Jenkins observed two intruders dressed in the same uniforms, walk through the rear fence line of L-9. Jenkins challenged the two individuals, but they refused to stop. Jenkins aimed and fired two rounds from his M-16 rifle.
One bullet struck one intruder in the back and one bullet struck one intruder in the helmet. Both intruders fell to the ground, however, approximately 15 seconds later, Jenkins took cover and the light missed Jenkins.
The two intruders returned to the east side of the hill and disappeared. Jenkins followed the two and observed them go inside a saucer shaped object approximately 20′ in diameter and 20′ thick. The object emitted a glowing greenish light.
Once the intruders were inside, the object climbed vertically upwards and disappeared over the Eastern horizon. BAF #1 arrived at the site at 2230hrs., and set up a security perimeter. Site Survey Team arrived at the site (0120hrs.) and took radiation readings, which measured from 1.7 to 2.9 roentgens.
Missile Maintenance examined the missile and warhead, and found the nuclear components missing from the warhead. Col. Speaker, Wing Cmdr. arrived at the site and set up an investigation. A completed follow-up report of this incident will be submitted by order of Col. Speaker.
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATION: Raeke was treated at the base hospital for second and third degree radiation burns to each hand.
Raeke M-16 rifle could not be located at the site. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Jan Harzan, head of the Mutual UFO Network, was arrested July 3 and is accused of soliciting “sexual activity from a detective he believed was a 13-year-old girl.”
The executive director of the Mutual UFO Network, one of the oldest UFO research organizations in the United States, has been arrested on charges of soliciting a minor “for the purpose of engaging in sexual activity,” according to police. Jan Harzan, who has headed MUFON since 2013, is accused of soliciting “sexual activity from a detective he believed was a 13-year-old girl,” according to a release from the Huntington Beach, CA police department.
In recent years, the UFO research world has been flooded with Pizzagate-esque allegations, falsely linking scientific and government elites to the occult sexual abuse of children, and accusing the government of releasing UFO videos to cover up pedophile rings. Harzan’s arrest is almost certain to reignite those controversies.
Court records show that Harzan was arrested on charges of “communicating with a minor with intent to engage in a lewd act,” as well as “arranging a meeting to engage with a lewd act with a minor in public.”
Harzan, MUFON, and the Huntington Beach Police Department did not immediately respond to a request for comment.
“On July 3, detectives contacted a male by the name of Jan Harzan after Harzan solicited sexual activity from a detective he believed was a 13 year old girl,” the Huntington Beach PD wrote in a Facebook post. “The suspect solicited the minor to meet for the purpose of engaging in sexual activity, and when the suspect agreed to meet the supposed minor, detectives were there to take him into custody.”
Harzan was “arrested for multiple felonies and transported to the Huntington Beach Jail [and was] specifically targeting minor females online,” the police department wrote.
MUFON’s role in the UFO world is massive. The organization was founded in 1969 in Quincy, Illinois to track citizen sightings of UFOs; they claim to still hold the world’s “largest and most detailed database of UFO sightings.” The organization has worked closely with government contractors, including Bigelow Aerospace, which received money from the federal government to investigate unidentified aerial phenomena. According to documents reviewed by Motherboard, Bigelow Aerospace paid MUFON to make technical reports on characteristics often described in UFO incidents. Bigelow Aerospace also offered MUFON funding to put together the STAR Team, a UFO investigation team that could be on site within 24 to 48 hours of a UFO incident.
According to the organization’s website, Harzan is a former IBM engineer who, when he was a kid, was “visited by a real UFO, no more than thirty feet from [his brother and him], with no visible means of propulsion other than making a humming noise, before shooting off over the horizon. This event profoundly changed their lives.”
In 2018 a former MUFON state director, John Ventre, made racist comments about African Americans on his personal Facebook page, stating that white Americans were experiencing a “white genocide.” Jan Harzan did not condemn Ventre but instead expressed his concern for “the new social media world we now live in” and stated everyone should engage in open dialogue by writing, “There is no justice in hate, no matter what side of the fence you are on. On that we can all agree.” MUFON eventually withdrew Harzan’s comments from its website and Ventre was removed from his position when public pressure mounted.
Last month, Ken Pfeifer, head of MUFON Rhode Island, posted racist memes and comments on Facebook during the height of the Black Lives Matter protests. “HOLY SHIT….I WOULD OF PICKED THEIR COTTON FOR THEM….IF I THOUGHT IT WOULD END THIS BLM RACIST MADNESS.”
Chris Cogswell, MUFON’s former Director of Research, who left because of what he said was a racist culture at the organization, said “the main leadership levels of MUFON have been problematic for a number of years, and provides essentially nothing to the individual chapters which are for the most part run by decent, intelligent, and caring members of their communities. Although everyone is entitled to the assumption of innocence until proven guilty, this is a heinous charge. I cannot foresee any possibility of MUFON continuing, but hope the individual chapters can put their time and energy into an organization that will benefit them as much as they benefit it.”
Jason McClellan, a popular UFO podcast host, tweeted that “Shocked doesn’t describe what I’m feeling right now. I just learned that the executive director of MUFON was arrested for soliciting a minor. I always considered Jan to be a friend. This is really disturbing and disgusting news.”
HOLLY SHIT !!!!!!!!!!! KENS NOTE: Mufon took away my State Director positions from Vermont and Rhode Island plus my Assistant State Directors position for New Jersey because some people did not like my anti-democrat post of Facebook. I guess Our ”Freedom of Speech ”is also being taken away.
On the morning of Friday, July 26, 2002, the National UFO Reporting Center began receiving forwarded news reports of, and queries about, an incident that allegedly had occurred early that morning in the vicinities of Waldorf, MD, Andrews Air Force Base (Maryland), and the surrounding vicinity. The reports, released by FOX television, CNN, the Washington Post, and several local radio stations, described an incident in which local residents had been awakened at approximately 1:00 a.m. on that morning by fighter aircraft taking off from nearby Andrews AFB, and which then passed overhead several times at possibly low altitude, perhaps with the afterburners engaged. Many people went outside to see what the matter was, and reportedly were witness to an apparent pursuit by the fighter aircraft of a brightly lighted object, which was seen maneuvering ahead of the jets, and which suddenly accelerated and pulled away from the pursuing aircraft quite suddenly.
Spokesman for both NORAD and the D.C. Air National Guard later admitted that a “scramble” had occurred in response to a radar intercept of an unidentified target, but they appeared to downplay the significance of the event.
NUFORC received a number of reports from eyewitnesses and interested parties, which can be read in our July Sighting Reports.
We express our gratitude to Joan Woodward and the Fund for UFO Research for conducting the investigation, and for sharing her report below. Several UFO investigators on the east coast have investigated the incident by speaking with the military spokesmen and with several witnesses on the ground. Many other individuals and investigators, not named here, were instrumental in spreading early word about the incident, and in arranging to have the investigation initiated.
One additional item we would like to call to the readers’ attention is that our sources indicate that Washington, D.C., is still under continuous, 24-hour surveillance by AWACS aircraft. If this assertion is correct, the military almost certainly observed the entire incident in exquisite detail. Whereas in past cases, authorities revealed the details about an intrusion in the closed airspace around Washington, D.C., in this instance, they did not release the same detailed information, and they attempted to diminish the significance of the “scramble” of fighter aircraft. This fact seems unusual to us, and suggests that there was something unusual about the object detected, and/or the subsequent pursuit by fighter aircraft. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
A dome-shaped UFO with portholes was seen in broad daylight by veteran pilot Floyd P. Hallstrom of Oxnard, California. Hallstrom had been flying for 37 years, 1712 hours as a Navy combat air crewman and personal crew chief to admirals, including the Commander-in-Chief of the Atlantic Fleet.
Hallstrom had left Oxnard at about 12:35 PM, in a Cessna 170A bound to San Diego via Los Angeles, following a friend, Jim Victor, who was delivering another plane to a customer at Brown Field, San Diego. The plan was for him to transport Victor back to Oxnard after the delivery. The two kept in touch by radio.
As Hallstrom approached Santa Monica at 7,500 feet altitude, the sky was clear except for a smog layer in the vicinity of Los Angeles International Airport.
“At this time I was looking for Jim straight ahead,” Hallstrom reported, “when I spotted [the UFO] just on the edge of the haze area above LAX [Los Angeles International Airport] slightly to the east side…
I thought it was Jim so I watched it for about a minute because he had just given me his position report, but it seemed to get larger and coming toward me so I naturally realized that it wasn’t Jim…
“I started looking to see what it was, but I could see no wings on this aircraft although at this time I could see windows which appeared to be passenger windows in the aircraft.
“As it drew nearer though, I was able to determine that there were no wings or horizontal empennage assembly to the aircraft as a conventional aircraft…”
Hallstrom began wondering if it was some kind of helicopter, but it was approaching at high speed. As the UFO passed about 6,000 feet to his left, he was looking down on it an angle of about 30-45 degrees. Then the true form suddenly became clear to him. There were no rotors, no tail assembly.
“All of a sudden, I was able to make out the complete form of a saucer shape or round object… I could see the dome, also very vividly clear, including all the windows…
“[I] observed it to be of a very bright metal… it was more of a nickel or highly polished chrome or stainless steel type of metal than aluminum, because it had more of a mellow glow than [if] it was of the type finish on a high finish aluminum.”
About 16 to 20 evenly spaced windows were visible around the circumference of the dome, located just above the base. The dome appeared to be a perfect hemisphere about 20 feet in diameter resting on the base which was about 30 feet in diameter.
The UFO continued on a course of about 310 degrees (opposite to Hallstrom’s course) with no sign of rotation, oscillation, pitch, roll, or yaw.
Neither was there any sign of a propulsion system. The sun reflected off the dome as a bright spot as the UFO passed. After about a minute the object disappeared from view behind the Cessna.
Hallstrom estimated its speed at about 650 mph. He quickly took notes and made a sketch of the UFO.
Reaching for his radio microphone, he first called Jim Victor to report what he had seen. Then he notified various FAA authorities.
Hallstrom, who was shaken by the sighting, later had troubling dreams, mostly about UFOs and aliens. He had not taken the subject seriously up to this time, but the implications of what he had seen struck home to him. He later reported that the experience had altered his entire life. NOTE: The above image is CGI.
Pinecastle Electronic Warfare Range Tracking Station, a restricted facility operated by the U.S. Navy 32 miles east-southeast of Ocala, Florida (in the north central part of the state) was the site of a puzzling, still-unexplained UFO incident late on the evening of Sunday, May 14, 1978.
The incident began with a phone call from a civilian. At about 10:05 PM, she called from nearby Silver Glen Springs to ask if the installation was shooting off flares. She had just seen something that looked like a flare. The duty officer, SK-1 Robert Clark, assured her no such operation was going on at that moment.
A second call came a few minutes later.
A man, later identified as Rocky Morgan, said that he and seven other persons traveling on Highway 19 near Silver Glen Springs had just seen an oblong-shaped flying object, some 50 to 60 feet in diameter and “almost the color of the moon,” pass over the top of his car. It had a flashing light which was intensely bright at its center.
Clark checked with the Jacksonville Air Route Traffic Control Center, which told him no aircraft were in the area. He and the base air controller, Gary Collison, climbed up an observation tower next to a van containing the base’s radar equipment.
Clark contacted external security and directed them to contact TD-2 Timothy Collins, a radar technician.
Collins rushed to the tower. The personnel already there were watching a cluster of glowing lights off to the west-northwest.
They were at eye-level and seemed to be just above an old Civil Defense tower three miles away. Even though it was a clear, quiet night, the witnesses heard no noise emanating from the lights, which apparently were attached to a single object.
After watching them through binoculars, Collins went down to warm up the track radar, which took five minutes, and the acquisition radar, which took 20 minutes. As he waited, he looked for the object with a periscope on the van and saw it again.
At around 11:20 radar locked on to the target.
The object was located at 0.2 degrees elevation, or just a hundred or so feet off the ground, at the assumed distance: “treetop level,” Collins would say. Its image on radar was “as strong [as] or stronger than” the image of the tower. The object seemed to be the size of a jetliner.
Ten to 15 minutes later it abruptly vanished from both sight and radar. But at around 11:40, the same or a similar object appeared 15 degrees to the north. Collins located it visually, but the second, computer-assisted radar did not track it for some reason.
He also saw it through the periscope. A few minutes later it disappeared suddenly from both instrumented and visual observation.
Around midnight it, or another object, was seen three miles to the northwest. For five seconds it moved at more than 500 knots on a course, then accelerated for two seconds, and executed a hairpin turn in one second.
When it made that turn, it was 15 miles south of the base, which meant it had covered 15 miles in seven seconds; most of that distance was covered in the last two seconds (a speed of 7,700 mph is required to cover this distance in that time).
The turn was a radical reversal of direction; now the UFO was shooting northward and toward the observers at the base. Its speed had slowed almost instantaneously to a mere two knots. It was at this point that Collins’ radar locked on to it. After a little more than a minute, the object vanished. The sighting was over.
A dozen or so personnel had seen the object or objects. One of them, TD-AA Carol Snyder, told a newspaper reporter, “We saw three very blurry lights: red, white, and green. We watched them for about 30 minutes. We couldn’t see how fast they were traveling. We were holding the binoculars, and the lights appeared to be bouncing,”
The Navy conducted an investigation out of the Jacksonville center but came to no conclusions. Allan Hendry of the Center for UFO Studies interviewed several of the witnesses and gathered radar, meteorological, and astronomical data. He considered, then rejected, various prosaic alternatives before declaring this a CUFOS case of “high merit.”
This account has been adopted from the book The UFO Encyclopedia: The Phenomenon from the Beginning, by Jerome Clark (1998), Omnigraphics. Further details can be found in the articles by Allan Hendry “Navy Radar-Visual in Florida,” International UFO Reporter 3 (6), June 1978: 4-5 and “A Second Look at the Ocala Sighting,” Second Look 1 (7), May 1979: 29-31.
Case Updated by Watch Tower Guard/Eyewitness to UFO
On January 5, 2009, the UFO Casebook was contacted by Mr. Falkenhagen with the following details.
I just wanted to thank you for the article posted about this UFO sighting. I was the watch tower guard that night, and there are some facts that were not mentioned. Such as that Jacksonville NAS launched 2 aircraft to intercept. Once they were on our radar, the UFO vanished.
They had it locked into their radar as well. Our radar locked onto one of the UFOs. I have never seen a radar act so crazy. Spinning around and around, up and down.
I just wanted to add my 2 cents worth due to the fact that I saw the UFO first from the tower. I and airman K.C. woke the Petty Officer of the day, and drug him up the tower to see what we saw. (before any calls were received).
That night we were told not to talk to anyone about this by the commanding officer. I have told this story to many of my friends and they all thought I was crazy! I am sure you can check Navy records to confirm I truly was there! NOTE: The above image is CGI.
HI Ken: I was looking down from the cliffs at Torquay and the view was absolutely stunning I could see for miles around the area. I took a load of photographs of the coastline and the sea before I turned my attention towards the two cruise ships that were anchored just off from Hopes Nose. I zoomed in on the carnival magic cruise ship with my Nikon P900 camera and just as I was in the process of taking some photographs an unidentified object flew right over the ship before it flew directly into the sea and disappeared from view. The object did not even cause a splash as it entered the sea which I thought was rather odd. I could hardly believe what I had just witnessed. I immediately looked at the camera’s view screen and flicked through the set of photographs that I had just taken. I could see that I had indeed managed to capture the unidentified object in one of the photographs. The object was sphere shaped and appeared to have some type of force field surrounding it. I believe that this was how the object was able to enter the sea at high speed without causing a splash. Whatever this sphere shaped object was it sure was moving fast and it really was just sheer luck that I was able to capture it in a photograph. This is why I always keep my Nikon P900 camera set to burst mode with a high shutter speed. I was really chuffed that I had managed to capture an unidentified flying object right above the carnival magic cruise ship. The photograph was taken at 4:47 PM on the 7th of July 2020, at Torquay Devon England. All the best John.
John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. John lives in a hot spot for UFO activity and he had submitted hundreds of photos and case files over the years.
Tim Cullen is a hard working cement contractor from Yuma, Colorado. He was raised there, and resides with his wife Janet, and three daughters. Three things happened to Cullen in 1978 that changed his life forever. He suffered a terrible car accident, saw his first UFO, and suddenly realized that both events had appeared to him in dreams well before the actual occurrences. Was he then also psychic? “
The events that have happened to me over the past twenty-seven years have had an enormous effect on my life and what I believe,” Cullen, a practicing Catholic, told me.
“In a short span of time in 1978 it was revealed to me that we are not the only intelligent life in the universe, and it was also proven to me that God is with us always, without a doubt.”
On April 2, 1978 Tim Cullen dreamed that he was in a terrible car accident. On April 9, 1978, he and his friend Ken Ruberg, were driving on Highway 34 when Tim realized he was living out his dream.
“I thought about stopping and going back to townbut didn’t,” Tim said.
Seconds later, he rolled the car five times, breaking his neck on the first roll. Ruberg helped Cullen up out of the ditch, and waved down a passing station wagon.
They took Cullen to the nearest hospital. The event was a replay of his dream. While in the hospital, under sedation, Cullen dreamed of an encounter with a UFO. Returning home from a medical check-up in Denver on May 30, 1978, Tim and his wife Janet, a registered nurse, were driving north on Highway 59 near the Vernon Road junction (about a quarter mile north of it).
It was dark, after 11:00pm at night. Tim saw a large dimly lit object pass in front of the car, go behind a low hill, and re-emerge then, “It went out a ways, along side, and as I brought the car down to a stop, it came back toward us a bit. I backed the car up, and the UFO went out to the west of us. It came in under